Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in gdb
mdebugread.c revision 1.1.1.6
      1      1.1  christos /* Read a symbol table in ECOFF format (Third-Eye).
      2      1.1  christos 
      3  1.1.1.6  christos    Copyright (C) 1986-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      4      1.1  christos 
      5      1.1  christos    Original version contributed by Alessandro Forin (af (at) cs.cmu.edu) at
      6      1.1  christos    CMU.  Major work by Per Bothner, John Gilmore and Ian Lance Taylor
      7      1.1  christos    at Cygnus Support.
      8      1.1  christos 
      9      1.1  christos    This file is part of GDB.
     10      1.1  christos 
     11      1.1  christos    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     12      1.1  christos    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
     13      1.1  christos    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
     14      1.1  christos    (at your option) any later version.
     15      1.1  christos 
     16      1.1  christos    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     17      1.1  christos    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     18      1.1  christos    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     19      1.1  christos    GNU General Public License for more details.
     20      1.1  christos 
     21      1.1  christos    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     22      1.1  christos    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
     23      1.1  christos 
     24      1.1  christos /* This module provides the function mdebug_build_psymtabs.  It reads
     25      1.1  christos    ECOFF debugging information into partial symbol tables.  The
     26      1.1  christos    debugging information is read from two structures.  A struct
     27      1.1  christos    ecoff_debug_swap includes the sizes of each ECOFF structure and
     28      1.1  christos    swapping routines; these are fixed for a particular target.  A
     29      1.1  christos    struct ecoff_debug_info points to the debugging information for a
     30      1.1  christos    particular object file.
     31      1.1  christos 
     32      1.1  christos    ECOFF symbol tables are mostly written in the byte order of the
     33      1.1  christos    target machine.  However, one section of the table (the auxiliary
     34      1.1  christos    symbol information) is written in the host byte order.  There is a
     35      1.1  christos    bit in the other symbol info which describes which host byte order
     36      1.1  christos    was used.  ECOFF thereby takes the trophy from Intel `b.out' for
     37      1.1  christos    the most brain-dead adaptation of a file format to byte order.
     38      1.1  christos 
     39      1.1  christos    This module can read all four of the known byte-order combinations,
     40      1.1  christos    on any type of host.  */
     41      1.1  christos 
     42      1.1  christos #include "defs.h"
     43      1.1  christos #include "symtab.h"
     44      1.1  christos #include "gdbtypes.h"
     45      1.1  christos #include "gdbcore.h"
     46      1.1  christos #include "filenames.h"
     47      1.1  christos #include "objfiles.h"
     48      1.1  christos #include "gdb_obstack.h"
     49  1.1.1.6  christos #include "buildsym-legacy.h"
     50      1.1  christos #include "stabsread.h"
     51      1.1  christos #include "complaints.h"
     52      1.1  christos #include "demangle.h"
     53      1.1  christos #include "gdb-demangle.h"
     54      1.1  christos #include "block.h"
     55      1.1  christos #include "dictionary.h"
     56      1.1  christos #include "mdebugread.h"
     57      1.1  christos #include <sys/stat.h>
     58      1.1  christos #include "psympriv.h"
     59      1.1  christos #include "source.h"
     60      1.1  christos 
     61      1.1  christos #include "bfd.h"
     62      1.1  christos 
     63      1.1  christos #include "coff/ecoff.h"		/* COFF-like aspects of ecoff files.  */
     64      1.1  christos 
     65      1.1  christos #include "libaout.h"		/* Private BFD a.out information.  */
     66      1.1  christos #include "aout/aout64.h"
     67      1.1  christos #include "aout/stab_gnu.h"	/* STABS information.  */
     68      1.1  christos 
     69      1.1  christos #include "expression.h"
     70      1.1  christos 
     71      1.1  christos /* Provide a way to test if we have both ECOFF and ELF symbol tables.
     72      1.1  christos    We use this define in order to know whether we should override a
     73      1.1  christos    symbol's ECOFF section with its ELF section.  This is necessary in
     74      1.1  christos    case the symbol's ELF section could not be represented in ECOFF.  */
     75      1.1  christos #define ECOFF_IN_ELF(bfd) (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
     76      1.1  christos 			   && bfd_get_section_by_name (bfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
     77      1.1  christos 
     78      1.1  christos /* The objfile we are currently reading.  */
     79      1.1  christos 
     80      1.1  christos static struct objfile *mdebugread_objfile;
     81      1.1  christos 
     82      1.1  christos 
     83      1.1  christos 
     85      1.1  christos /* We put a pointer to this structure in the read_symtab_private field
     86      1.1  christos    of the psymtab.  */
     87      1.1  christos 
     88      1.1  christos struct symloc
     89      1.1  christos   {
     90      1.1  christos     /* Index of the FDR that this psymtab represents.  */
     91      1.1  christos     int fdr_idx;
     92      1.1  christos     /* The BFD that the psymtab was created from.  */
     93      1.1  christos     bfd *cur_bfd;
     94      1.1  christos     const struct ecoff_debug_swap *debug_swap;
     95      1.1  christos     struct ecoff_debug_info *debug_info;
     96      1.1  christos     struct mdebug_pending **pending_list;
     97      1.1  christos     /* Pointer to external symbols for this file.  */
     98      1.1  christos     EXTR *extern_tab;
     99      1.1  christos     /* Size of extern_tab.  */
    100      1.1  christos     int extern_count;
    101      1.1  christos     enum language pst_language;
    102      1.1  christos   };
    103      1.1  christos 
    104      1.1  christos #define PST_PRIVATE(p) ((struct symloc *)(p)->read_symtab_private)
    105      1.1  christos #define FDR_IDX(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->fdr_idx)
    106      1.1  christos #define CUR_BFD(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->cur_bfd)
    107      1.1  christos #define DEBUG_SWAP(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->debug_swap)
    108      1.1  christos #define DEBUG_INFO(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->debug_info)
    109      1.1  christos #define PENDING_LIST(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->pending_list)
    110      1.1  christos 
    111      1.1  christos #define SC_IS_TEXT(sc) ((sc) == scText \
    112      1.1  christos 		   || (sc) == scRConst \
    113      1.1  christos           	   || (sc) == scInit \
    114      1.1  christos           	   || (sc) == scFini)
    115      1.1  christos #define SC_IS_DATA(sc) ((sc) == scData \
    116      1.1  christos 		   || (sc) == scSData \
    117      1.1  christos 		   || (sc) == scRData \
    118      1.1  christos 		   || (sc) == scPData \
    119      1.1  christos 		   || (sc) == scXData)
    120      1.1  christos #define SC_IS_COMMON(sc) ((sc) == scCommon || (sc) == scSCommon)
    121      1.1  christos #define SC_IS_BSS(sc) ((sc) == scBss)
    122      1.1  christos #define SC_IS_SBSS(sc) ((sc) == scSBss)
    123      1.1  christos #define SC_IS_UNDEF(sc) ((sc) == scUndefined || (sc) == scSUndefined)
    124      1.1  christos 
    125      1.1  christos /* Various complaints about symbol reading that don't abort the process.  */
    127      1.1  christos static void
    128  1.1.1.6  christos index_complaint (const char *arg1)
    129      1.1  christos {
    130      1.1  christos   complaint (_("bad aux index at symbol %s"), arg1);
    131      1.1  christos }
    132      1.1  christos 
    133      1.1  christos static void
    134  1.1.1.6  christos unknown_ext_complaint (const char *arg1)
    135      1.1  christos {
    136      1.1  christos   complaint (_("unknown external symbol %s"), arg1);
    137      1.1  christos }
    138      1.1  christos 
    139      1.1  christos static void
    140  1.1.1.6  christos basic_type_complaint (int arg1, const char *arg2)
    141      1.1  christos {
    142      1.1  christos   complaint (_("cannot map ECOFF basic type 0x%x for %s"),
    143      1.1  christos 	     arg1, arg2);
    144      1.1  christos }
    145      1.1  christos 
    146      1.1  christos static void
    147  1.1.1.6  christos bad_tag_guess_complaint (const char *arg1)
    148      1.1  christos {
    149      1.1  christos   complaint (_("guessed tag type of %s incorrectly"), arg1);
    150      1.1  christos }
    151      1.1  christos 
    152      1.1  christos static void
    153  1.1.1.6  christos bad_rfd_entry_complaint (const char *arg1, int arg2, int arg3)
    154      1.1  christos {
    155      1.1  christos   complaint (_("bad rfd entry for %s: file %d, index %d"),
    156      1.1  christos 	     arg1, arg2, arg3);
    157      1.1  christos }
    158      1.1  christos 
    159      1.1  christos static void
    160  1.1.1.6  christos unexpected_type_code_complaint (const char *arg1)
    161      1.1  christos {
    162      1.1  christos   complaint (_("unexpected type code for %s"), arg1);
    163      1.1  christos }
    164      1.1  christos 
    165      1.1  christos /* Macros and extra defs.  */
    166      1.1  christos 
    167      1.1  christos /* Puns: hard to find whether -g was used and how.  */
    168      1.1  christos 
    169      1.1  christos #define MIN_GLEVEL GLEVEL_0
    170      1.1  christos #define compare_glevel(a,b)					\
    171      1.1  christos 	(((a) == GLEVEL_3) ? ((b) < GLEVEL_3) :			\
    172      1.1  christos 	 ((b) == GLEVEL_3) ? -1 : (int)((b) - (a)))
    173      1.1  christos 
    174      1.1  christos /* Things that really are local to this module.  */
    176      1.1  christos 
    177      1.1  christos /* Remember what we deduced to be the source language of this psymtab.  */
    178      1.1  christos 
    179      1.1  christos static enum language psymtab_language = language_unknown;
    180      1.1  christos 
    181      1.1  christos /* Current BFD.  */
    182      1.1  christos 
    183      1.1  christos static bfd *cur_bfd;
    184      1.1  christos 
    185      1.1  christos /* How to parse debugging information for CUR_BFD.  */
    186      1.1  christos 
    187      1.1  christos static const struct ecoff_debug_swap *debug_swap;
    188      1.1  christos 
    189      1.1  christos /* Pointers to debugging information for CUR_BFD.  */
    190      1.1  christos 
    191      1.1  christos static struct ecoff_debug_info *debug_info;
    192      1.1  christos 
    193      1.1  christos /* Pointer to current file decriptor record, and its index.  */
    194      1.1  christos 
    195      1.1  christos static FDR *cur_fdr;
    196      1.1  christos static int cur_fd;
    197      1.1  christos 
    198      1.1  christos /* Index of current symbol.  */
    199      1.1  christos 
    200      1.1  christos static int cur_sdx;
    201      1.1  christos 
    202      1.1  christos /* Note how much "debuggable" this image is.  We would like
    203      1.1  christos    to see at least one FDR with full symbols.  */
    204      1.1  christos 
    205      1.1  christos static int max_gdbinfo;
    206      1.1  christos static int max_glevel;
    207      1.1  christos 
    208      1.1  christos /* When examining .o files, report on undefined symbols.  */
    209      1.1  christos 
    210      1.1  christos static int n_undef_symbols, n_undef_labels, n_undef_vars, n_undef_procs;
    211      1.1  christos 
    212      1.1  christos /* Pseudo symbol to use when putting stabs into the symbol table.  */
    213      1.1  christos 
    214      1.1  christos static char stabs_symbol[] = STABS_SYMBOL;
    215      1.1  christos 
    216      1.1  christos /* Nonzero if we have seen ecoff debugging info for a file.  */
    217      1.1  christos 
    218      1.1  christos static int found_ecoff_debugging_info;
    219      1.1  christos 
    220  1.1.1.5  christos /* Forward declarations.  */
    221      1.1  christos 
    222  1.1.1.5  christos static int upgrade_type (int, struct type **, int, union aux_ext *,
    223  1.1.1.5  christos 			 int, const char *);
    224      1.1  christos 
    225      1.1  christos static void parse_partial_symbols (minimal_symbol_reader &,
    226      1.1  christos 				   struct objfile *);
    227      1.1  christos 
    228  1.1.1.5  christos static int has_opaque_xref (FDR *, SYMR *);
    229      1.1  christos 
    230  1.1.1.5  christos static int cross_ref (int, union aux_ext *, struct type **, enum type_code,
    231      1.1  christos 		      const char **, int, const char *);
    232      1.1  christos 
    233      1.1  christos static struct symbol *new_symbol (const char *);
    234      1.1  christos 
    235      1.1  christos static struct type *new_type (char *);
    236  1.1.1.6  christos 
    237      1.1  christos enum block_type { FUNCTION_BLOCK, NON_FUNCTION_BLOCK };
    238  1.1.1.2  christos 
    239      1.1  christos static struct block *new_block (enum block_type, enum language);
    240      1.1  christos 
    241      1.1  christos static struct compunit_symtab *new_symtab (const char *, int, struct objfile *);
    242      1.1  christos 
    243      1.1  christos static struct linetable *new_linetable (int);
    244      1.1  christos 
    245  1.1.1.5  christos static struct blockvector *new_bvect (int);
    246      1.1  christos 
    247  1.1.1.5  christos static struct type *parse_type (int, union aux_ext *, unsigned int, int *,
    248  1.1.1.2  christos 				int, const char *);
    249      1.1  christos 
    250      1.1  christos static struct symbol *mylookup_symbol (const char *, const struct block *,
    251      1.1  christos 				       domain_enum, enum address_class);
    252  1.1.1.5  christos 
    253      1.1  christos static void sort_blocks (struct symtab *);
    254      1.1  christos 
    255      1.1  christos static struct partial_symtab *new_psymtab (const char *, struct objfile *);
    256      1.1  christos 
    257      1.1  christos static void psymtab_to_symtab_1 (struct objfile *objfile,
    258      1.1  christos 				 struct partial_symtab *, const char *);
    259      1.1  christos 
    260      1.1  christos static void add_block (struct block *, struct symtab *);
    261      1.1  christos 
    262      1.1  christos static void add_symbol (struct symbol *, struct symtab *, struct block *);
    263      1.1  christos 
    264      1.1  christos static int add_line (struct linetable *, int, CORE_ADDR, int);
    265      1.1  christos 
    266      1.1  christos static struct linetable *shrink_linetable (struct linetable *);
    267      1.1  christos 
    268  1.1.1.5  christos static void handle_psymbol_enumerators (struct objfile *, FDR *, int,
    269      1.1  christos 					CORE_ADDR);
    270      1.1  christos 
    271      1.1  christos static const char *mdebug_next_symbol_text (struct objfile *);
    272      1.1  christos 
    273      1.1  christos /* Exported procedure: Builds a symtab from the partial symtab SELF.
    275      1.1  christos    Restores the environment in effect when SELF was created, delegates
    276      1.1  christos    most of the work to an ancillary procedure, and sorts
    277      1.1  christos    and reorders the symtab list at the end.  SELF is not NULL.  */
    278      1.1  christos 
    279      1.1  christos static void
    280      1.1  christos mdebug_read_symtab (struct partial_symtab *self, struct objfile *objfile)
    281      1.1  christos {
    282      1.1  christos   if (info_verbose)
    283      1.1  christos     {
    284      1.1  christos       printf_filtered (_("Reading in symbols for %s..."), self->filename);
    285      1.1  christos       gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
    286      1.1  christos     }
    287      1.1  christos 
    288      1.1  christos   next_symbol_text_func = mdebug_next_symbol_text;
    289      1.1  christos 
    290      1.1  christos   psymtab_to_symtab_1 (objfile, self, self->filename);
    291      1.1  christos 
    292      1.1  christos   /* Match with global symbols.  This only needs to be done once,
    293      1.1  christos      after all of the symtabs and dependencies have been read in.  */
    294      1.1  christos   scan_file_globals (objfile);
    295      1.1  christos 
    296      1.1  christos   if (info_verbose)
    297      1.1  christos     printf_filtered (_("done.\n"));
    298      1.1  christos }
    299      1.1  christos 
    300      1.1  christos /* File-level interface functions.  */
    302      1.1  christos 
    303      1.1  christos /* Find a file descriptor given its index RF relative to a file CF.  */
    304      1.1  christos 
    305      1.1  christos static FDR *
    306      1.1  christos get_rfd (int cf, int rf)
    307      1.1  christos {
    308      1.1  christos   FDR *fdrs;
    309      1.1  christos   FDR *f;
    310      1.1  christos   RFDT rfd;
    311      1.1  christos 
    312      1.1  christos   fdrs = debug_info->fdr;
    313      1.1  christos   f = fdrs + cf;
    314      1.1  christos   /* Object files do not have the RFD table, all refs are absolute.  */
    315      1.1  christos   if (f->rfdBase == 0)
    316      1.1  christos     return fdrs + rf;
    317      1.1  christos   (*debug_swap->swap_rfd_in) (cur_bfd,
    318      1.1  christos 			      ((char *) debug_info->external_rfd
    319      1.1  christos 			       + ((f->rfdBase + rf)
    320      1.1  christos 				  * debug_swap->external_rfd_size)),
    321      1.1  christos 			      &rfd);
    322  1.1.1.5  christos   return fdrs + rfd;
    323      1.1  christos }
    324      1.1  christos 
    325      1.1  christos /* Return a safer print NAME for a file descriptor.  */
    326      1.1  christos 
    327      1.1  christos static const char *
    328      1.1  christos fdr_name (FDR *f)
    329      1.1  christos {
    330      1.1  christos   if (f->rss == -1)
    331      1.1  christos     return "<stripped file>";
    332      1.1  christos   if (f->rss == 0)
    333      1.1  christos     return "<NFY>";
    334      1.1  christos   return debug_info->ss + f->issBase + f->rss;
    335      1.1  christos }
    336      1.1  christos 
    337  1.1.1.5  christos 
    338  1.1.1.5  christos /* Read in and parse the symtab of the file OBJFILE.  Symbols from
    339      1.1  christos    different sections are relocated via the SECTION_OFFSETS.  */
    340      1.1  christos 
    341      1.1  christos void
    342      1.1  christos mdebug_build_psymtabs (minimal_symbol_reader &reader,
    343      1.1  christos 		       struct objfile *objfile,
    344      1.1  christos 		       const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap,
    345      1.1  christos 		       struct ecoff_debug_info *info)
    346      1.1  christos {
    347      1.1  christos   cur_bfd = objfile->obfd;
    348      1.1  christos   debug_swap = swap;
    349      1.1  christos   debug_info = info;
    350      1.1  christos 
    351      1.1  christos   stabsread_new_init ();
    352      1.1  christos   free_header_files ();
    353      1.1  christos   init_header_files ();
    354      1.1  christos 
    355      1.1  christos   /* Make sure all the FDR information is swapped in.  */
    356      1.1  christos   if (info->fdr == (FDR *) NULL)
    357  1.1.1.6  christos     {
    358  1.1.1.6  christos       char *fdr_src;
    359  1.1.1.4  christos       char *fdr_end;
    360      1.1  christos       FDR *fdr_ptr;
    361      1.1  christos 
    362      1.1  christos       info->fdr = (FDR *) XOBNEWVEC (&objfile->objfile_obstack, FDR,
    363      1.1  christos 				     info->symbolic_header.ifdMax);
    364      1.1  christos       fdr_src = (char *) info->external_fdr;
    365      1.1  christos       fdr_end = (fdr_src
    366      1.1  christos 		 + info->symbolic_header.ifdMax * swap->external_fdr_size);
    367  1.1.1.5  christos       fdr_ptr = info->fdr;
    368      1.1  christos       for (; fdr_src < fdr_end; fdr_src += swap->external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
    369      1.1  christos 	(*swap->swap_fdr_in) (objfile->obfd, fdr_src, fdr_ptr);
    370      1.1  christos     }
    371      1.1  christos 
    372      1.1  christos   parse_partial_symbols (reader, objfile);
    373      1.1  christos 
    374      1.1  christos #if 0
    375      1.1  christos   /* Check to make sure file was compiled with -g.  If not, warn the
    376      1.1  christos      user of this limitation.  */
    377      1.1  christos   if (compare_glevel (max_glevel, GLEVEL_2) < 0)
    378      1.1  christos     {
    379      1.1  christos       if (max_gdbinfo == 0)
    380      1.1  christos 	printf_unfiltered (_("\n%s not compiled with -g, "
    381      1.1  christos 			     "debugging support is limited.\n"),
    382      1.1  christos 			   objfile->name);
    383      1.1  christos       printf_unfiltered (_("You should compile with -g2 or "
    384      1.1  christos 			   "-g3 for best debugging support.\n"));
    385      1.1  christos       gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
    386      1.1  christos     }
    387      1.1  christos #endif
    388      1.1  christos }
    389      1.1  christos 
    390      1.1  christos /* Local utilities */
    392      1.1  christos 
    393      1.1  christos /* Map of FDR indexes to partial symtabs.  */
    394      1.1  christos 
    395      1.1  christos struct pst_map
    396      1.1  christos {
    397      1.1  christos   struct partial_symtab *pst;	/* the psymtab proper */
    398      1.1  christos   long n_globals;		/* exported globals (external symbols) */
    399      1.1  christos   long globals_offset;		/* cumulative */
    400      1.1  christos };
    401      1.1  christos 
    402      1.1  christos 
    403      1.1  christos /* Utility stack, used to nest procedures and blocks properly.
    404      1.1  christos    It is a doubly linked list, to avoid too many alloc/free.
    405      1.1  christos    Since we might need it quite a few times it is NOT deallocated
    406      1.1  christos    after use.  */
    407      1.1  christos 
    408      1.1  christos static struct parse_stack
    409      1.1  christos   {
    410      1.1  christos     struct parse_stack *next, *prev;
    411      1.1  christos     struct symtab *cur_st;	/* Current symtab.  */
    412      1.1  christos     struct block *cur_block;	/* Block in it.  */
    413      1.1  christos 
    414      1.1  christos     /* What are we parsing.  stFile, or stBlock are for files and
    415      1.1  christos        blocks.  stProc or stStaticProc means we have seen the start of a
    416      1.1  christos        procedure, but not the start of the block within in.  When we see
    417      1.1  christos        the start of that block, we change it to stNil, without pushing a
    418      1.1  christos        new block, i.e. stNil means both a procedure and a block.  */
    419      1.1  christos 
    420      1.1  christos     int blocktype;
    421      1.1  christos 
    422      1.1  christos     struct type *cur_type;	/* Type we parse fields for.  */
    423      1.1  christos     int cur_field;		/* Field number in cur_type.  */
    424      1.1  christos     CORE_ADDR procadr;		/* Start addres of this procedure.  */
    425      1.1  christos     int numargs;		/* Its argument count.  */
    426      1.1  christos   }
    427      1.1  christos 
    428      1.1  christos  *top_stack;			/* Top stack ptr */
    429      1.1  christos 
    430  1.1.1.3  christos 
    431      1.1  christos /* Enter a new lexical context.  */
    432      1.1  christos 
    433      1.1  christos static void
    434  1.1.1.3  christos push_parse_stack (void)
    435      1.1  christos {
    436  1.1.1.4  christos   struct parse_stack *newobj;
    437      1.1  christos 
    438      1.1  christos   /* Reuse frames if possible.  */
    439      1.1  christos   if (top_stack && top_stack->prev)
    440  1.1.1.3  christos     newobj = top_stack->prev;
    441      1.1  christos   else
    442  1.1.1.3  christos     newobj = XCNEW (struct parse_stack);
    443  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Initialize new frame with previous content.  */
    444  1.1.1.3  christos   if (top_stack)
    445  1.1.1.3  christos     {
    446      1.1  christos       struct parse_stack *prev = newobj->prev;
    447  1.1.1.3  christos 
    448      1.1  christos       *newobj = *top_stack;
    449      1.1  christos       top_stack->prev = newobj;
    450      1.1  christos       newobj->prev = prev;
    451      1.1  christos       newobj->next = top_stack;
    452      1.1  christos     }
    453      1.1  christos   top_stack = newobj;
    454      1.1  christos }
    455      1.1  christos 
    456      1.1  christos /* Exit a lexical context.  */
    457      1.1  christos 
    458      1.1  christos static void
    459      1.1  christos pop_parse_stack (void)
    460      1.1  christos {
    461      1.1  christos   if (!top_stack)
    462      1.1  christos     return;
    463      1.1  christos   if (top_stack->next)
    464      1.1  christos     top_stack = top_stack->next;
    465      1.1  christos }
    466      1.1  christos 
    467      1.1  christos 
    468      1.1  christos /* Cross-references might be to things we haven't looked at
    469      1.1  christos    yet, e.g. type references.  To avoid too many type
    470      1.1  christos    duplications we keep a quick fixup table, an array
    471      1.1  christos    of lists of references indexed by file descriptor.  */
    472      1.1  christos 
    473      1.1  christos struct mdebug_pending
    474      1.1  christos {
    475      1.1  christos   struct mdebug_pending *next;	/* link */
    476      1.1  christos   char *s;			/* the unswapped symbol */
    477      1.1  christos   struct type *t;		/* its partial type descriptor */
    478      1.1  christos };
    479      1.1  christos 
    480      1.1  christos 
    481      1.1  christos /* The pending information is kept for an entire object file.  We
    482      1.1  christos    allocate the pending information table when we create the partial
    483      1.1  christos    symbols, and we store a pointer to the single table in each
    484      1.1  christos    psymtab.  */
    485      1.1  christos 
    486      1.1  christos static struct mdebug_pending **pending_list;
    487      1.1  christos 
    488      1.1  christos /* Check whether we already saw symbol SH in file FH.  */
    489      1.1  christos 
    490      1.1  christos static struct mdebug_pending *
    491      1.1  christos is_pending_symbol (FDR *fh, char *sh)
    492      1.1  christos {
    493      1.1  christos   int f_idx = fh - debug_info->fdr;
    494      1.1  christos   struct mdebug_pending *p;
    495      1.1  christos 
    496      1.1  christos   /* Linear search is ok, list is typically no more than 10 deep.  */
    497      1.1  christos   for (p = pending_list[f_idx]; p; p = p->next)
    498      1.1  christos     if (p->s == sh)
    499      1.1  christos       break;
    500      1.1  christos   return p;
    501      1.1  christos }
    502      1.1  christos 
    503      1.1  christos /* Add a new symbol SH of type T.  */
    504      1.1  christos 
    505      1.1  christos static void
    506      1.1  christos add_pending (FDR *fh, char *sh, struct type *t)
    507      1.1  christos {
    508  1.1.1.6  christos   int f_idx = fh - debug_info->fdr;
    509      1.1  christos   struct mdebug_pending *p = is_pending_symbol (fh, sh);
    510      1.1  christos 
    511      1.1  christos   /* Make sure we do not make duplicates.  */
    512      1.1  christos   if (!p)
    513      1.1  christos     {
    514      1.1  christos       p = XOBNEW (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack, mdebug_pending);
    515      1.1  christos       p->s = sh;
    516      1.1  christos       p->t = t;
    517      1.1  christos       p->next = pending_list[f_idx];
    518      1.1  christos       pending_list[f_idx] = p;
    519  1.1.1.4  christos     }
    520  1.1.1.4  christos }
    521  1.1.1.4  christos 
    522  1.1.1.6  christos 
    524  1.1.1.4  christos /* Parsing Routines proper.  */
    525  1.1.1.4  christos 
    526      1.1  christos static void
    527      1.1  christos reg_value_complaint (int regnum, int num_regs, const char *sym)
    528      1.1  christos {
    529      1.1  christos   complaint (_("bad register number %d (max %d) in symbol %s"),
    530      1.1  christos              regnum, num_regs - 1, sym);
    531      1.1  christos }
    532      1.1  christos 
    533      1.1  christos /* Parse a single symbol.  Mostly just make up a GDB symbol for it.
    534      1.1  christos    For blocks, procedures and types we open a new lexical context.
    535      1.1  christos    This is basically just a big switch on the symbol's type.  Argument
    536      1.1  christos    AX is the base pointer of aux symbols for this file (fh->iauxBase).
    537      1.1  christos    EXT_SH points to the unswapped symbol, which is needed for struct,
    538  1.1.1.4  christos    union, etc., types; it is NULL for an EXTR.  BIGEND says whether
    539  1.1.1.4  christos    aux symbols are big-endian or little-endian.  Return count of
    540  1.1.1.6  christos    SYMR's handled (normally one).  */
    541  1.1.1.6  christos 
    542  1.1.1.6  christos static int
    543  1.1.1.4  christos mdebug_reg_to_regnum (struct symbol *sym, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
    544  1.1.1.4  christos {
    545  1.1.1.4  christos   int regno = gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum (gdbarch, SYMBOL_VALUE (sym));
    546  1.1.1.4  christos 
    547  1.1.1.4  christos   if (regno < 0 || regno >= gdbarch_num_cooked_regs (gdbarch))
    548  1.1.1.4  christos     {
    549      1.1  christos       reg_value_complaint (regno, gdbarch_num_cooked_regs (gdbarch),
    550      1.1  christos 			   SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
    551      1.1  christos 
    552      1.1  christos       regno = gdbarch_sp_regnum (gdbarch); /* Known safe, though useless.  */
    553      1.1  christos     }
    554      1.1  christos 
    555      1.1  christos   return regno;
    556      1.1  christos }
    557      1.1  christos 
    558      1.1  christos static const struct symbol_register_ops mdebug_register_funcs = {
    559      1.1  christos   mdebug_reg_to_regnum
    560  1.1.1.4  christos };
    561  1.1.1.4  christos 
    562  1.1.1.4  christos /* The "aclass" indices for computed symbols.  */
    563  1.1.1.4  christos 
    564  1.1.1.4  christos static int mdebug_register_index;
    565  1.1.1.5  christos static int mdebug_regparm_index;
    566  1.1.1.4  christos 
    567  1.1.1.4  christos /* Common code for symbols describing data.  */
    568  1.1.1.4  christos 
    569  1.1.1.4  christos static void
    570  1.1.1.4  christos add_data_symbol (SYMR *sh, union aux_ext *ax, int bigend,
    571  1.1.1.4  christos 		 struct symbol *s, int aclass_index, struct block *b,
    572  1.1.1.4  christos 		 struct objfile *objfile, const char *name)
    573  1.1.1.4  christos {
    574  1.1.1.4  christos   SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = VAR_DOMAIN;
    575  1.1.1.4  christos   SYMBOL_ACLASS_INDEX (s) = aclass_index;
    576  1.1.1.4  christos   add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, b);
    577  1.1.1.4  christos 
    578  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Type could be missing if file is compiled without debugging info.  */
    579  1.1.1.4  christos   if (SC_IS_UNDEF (sh->sc)
    580      1.1  christos       || sh->sc == scNil || sh->index == indexNil)
    581      1.1  christos     SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = objfile_type (objfile)->nodebug_data_symbol;
    582      1.1  christos   else
    583      1.1  christos     SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index, 0, bigend, name);
    584      1.1  christos   /* Value of a data symbol is its memory address.  */
    585      1.1  christos }
    586      1.1  christos 
    587  1.1.1.5  christos static int
    588      1.1  christos parse_symbol (SYMR *sh, union aux_ext *ax, char *ext_sh, int bigend,
    589      1.1  christos 	      struct section_offsets *section_offsets, struct objfile *objfile)
    590      1.1  christos {
    591      1.1  christos   struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
    592      1.1  christos   const bfd_size_type external_sym_size = debug_swap->external_sym_size;
    593      1.1  christos   void (*const swap_sym_in) (bfd *, void *, SYMR *) = debug_swap->swap_sym_in;
    594      1.1  christos   const char *name;
    595      1.1  christos   struct symbol *s;
    596      1.1  christos   struct block *b;
    597      1.1  christos   struct mdebug_pending *pend;
    598      1.1  christos   struct type *t;
    599      1.1  christos   int count = 1;
    600      1.1  christos   TIR tir;
    601      1.1  christos   long svalue = sh->value;
    602      1.1  christos   int bitsize;
    603      1.1  christos 
    604      1.1  christos   if (ext_sh == (char *) NULL)
    605      1.1  christos     name = debug_info->ssext + sh->iss;
    606      1.1  christos   else
    607      1.1  christos     name = debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + sh->iss;
    608      1.1  christos 
    609      1.1  christos   switch (sh->sc)
    610      1.1  christos     {
    611      1.1  christos     case scText:
    612      1.1  christos     case scRConst:
    613      1.1  christos       /* Do not relocate relative values.
    614      1.1  christos          The value of a stEnd symbol is the displacement from the
    615      1.1  christos          corresponding start symbol value.
    616      1.1  christos          The value of a stBlock symbol is the displacement from the
    617      1.1  christos          procedure address.  */
    618      1.1  christos       if (sh->st != stEnd && sh->st != stBlock)
    619      1.1  christos 	sh->value += ANOFFSET (section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
    620      1.1  christos       break;
    621      1.1  christos     case scData:
    622      1.1  christos     case scSData:
    623      1.1  christos     case scRData:
    624      1.1  christos     case scPData:
    625      1.1  christos     case scXData:
    626      1.1  christos       sh->value += ANOFFSET (section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
    627      1.1  christos       break;
    628      1.1  christos     case scBss:
    629      1.1  christos     case scSBss:
    630      1.1  christos       sh->value += ANOFFSET (section_offsets, SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile));
    631      1.1  christos       break;
    632      1.1  christos     }
    633  1.1.1.2  christos 
    634      1.1  christos   switch (sh->st)
    635      1.1  christos     {
    636      1.1  christos     case stNil:
    637  1.1.1.4  christos       break;
    638  1.1.1.4  christos 
    639      1.1  christos     case stGlobal:		/* External symbol, goes into global block.  */
    640      1.1  christos       b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (SYMTAB_BLOCKVECTOR (top_stack->cur_st),
    641      1.1  christos 			     GLOBAL_BLOCK);
    642      1.1  christos       s = new_symbol (name);
    643      1.1  christos       SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (s) = (CORE_ADDR) sh->value;
    644      1.1  christos       add_data_symbol (sh, ax, bigend, s, LOC_STATIC, b, objfile, name);
    645      1.1  christos       break;
    646      1.1  christos 
    647      1.1  christos     case stStatic:		/* Static data, goes into current block.  */
    648      1.1  christos       b = top_stack->cur_block;
    649      1.1  christos       s = new_symbol (name);
    650      1.1  christos       if (SC_IS_COMMON (sh->sc))
    651      1.1  christos 	{
    652      1.1  christos 	  /* It is a FORTRAN common block.  At least for SGI Fortran the
    653      1.1  christos 	     address is not in the symbol; we need to fix it later in
    654  1.1.1.4  christos 	     scan_file_globals.  */
    655  1.1.1.4  christos 	  int bucket = hashname (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (s));
    656      1.1  christos 	  SYMBOL_VALUE_CHAIN (s) = global_sym_chain[bucket];
    657      1.1  christos 	  global_sym_chain[bucket] = s;
    658      1.1  christos 	}
    659      1.1  christos       else
    660      1.1  christos 	SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (s) = (CORE_ADDR) sh->value;
    661      1.1  christos       add_data_symbol (sh, ax, bigend, s, LOC_STATIC, b, objfile, name);
    662  1.1.1.4  christos       break;
    663  1.1.1.4  christos 
    664      1.1  christos     case stLocal:		/* Local variable, goes into current block.  */
    665  1.1.1.4  christos       b = top_stack->cur_block;
    666  1.1.1.4  christos       s = new_symbol (name);
    667      1.1  christos       SYMBOL_VALUE (s) = svalue;
    668      1.1  christos       if (sh->sc == scRegister)
    669      1.1  christos 	add_data_symbol (sh, ax, bigend, s, mdebug_register_index,
    670      1.1  christos 			 b, objfile, name);
    671      1.1  christos       else
    672      1.1  christos 	add_data_symbol (sh, ax, bigend, s, LOC_LOCAL,
    673      1.1  christos 			 b, objfile, name);
    674      1.1  christos       break;
    675      1.1  christos 
    676      1.1  christos     case stParam:		/* Arg to procedure, goes into current
    677      1.1  christos 				   block.  */
    678      1.1  christos       max_gdbinfo++;
    679      1.1  christos       found_ecoff_debugging_info = 1;
    680      1.1  christos       top_stack->numargs++;
    681      1.1  christos 
    682      1.1  christos       /* Special GNU C++ name.  */
    683      1.1  christos       if (is_cplus_marker (name[0]) && name[1] == 't' && name[2] == 0)
    684      1.1  christos 	name = "this";		/* FIXME, not alloc'd in obstack.  */
    685      1.1  christos       s = new_symbol (name);
    686      1.1  christos 
    687      1.1  christos       SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = VAR_DOMAIN;
    688      1.1  christos       SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (s) = 1;
    689      1.1  christos       switch (sh->sc)
    690      1.1  christos 	{
    691      1.1  christos 	case scRegister:
    692      1.1  christos 	  /* Pass by value in register.  */
    693      1.1  christos 	  SYMBOL_ACLASS_INDEX (s) = mdebug_register_index;
    694      1.1  christos 	  break;
    695      1.1  christos 	case scVar:
    696      1.1  christos 	  /* Pass by reference on stack.  */
    697      1.1  christos 	  SYMBOL_ACLASS_INDEX (s) = LOC_REF_ARG;
    698      1.1  christos 	  break;
    699      1.1  christos 	case scVarRegister:
    700      1.1  christos 	  /* Pass by reference in register.  */
    701      1.1  christos 	  SYMBOL_ACLASS_INDEX (s) = mdebug_regparm_index;
    702      1.1  christos 	  break;
    703      1.1  christos 	default:
    704      1.1  christos 	  /* Pass by value on stack.  */
    705      1.1  christos 	  SYMBOL_ACLASS_INDEX (s) = LOC_ARG;
    706      1.1  christos 	  break;
    707      1.1  christos 	}
    708      1.1  christos       SYMBOL_VALUE (s) = svalue;
    709      1.1  christos       SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index, 0, bigend, name);
    710      1.1  christos       add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
    711      1.1  christos       break;
    712      1.1  christos 
    713      1.1  christos     case stLabel:		/* label, goes into current block.  */
    714      1.1  christos       s = new_symbol (name);
    715      1.1  christos       SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = VAR_DOMAIN;	/* So that it can be used */
    716      1.1  christos       SYMBOL_ACLASS_INDEX (s) = LOC_LABEL;	/* but not misused.  */
    717      1.1  christos       SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (s) = (CORE_ADDR) sh->value;
    718      1.1  christos       SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_int;
    719      1.1  christos       add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
    720      1.1  christos       break;
    721      1.1  christos 
    722      1.1  christos     case stProc:	/* Procedure, usually goes into global block.  */
    723      1.1  christos     case stStaticProc:	/* Static procedure, goes into current block.  */
    724      1.1  christos       /* For stProc symbol records, we need to check the storage class
    725      1.1  christos          as well, as only (stProc, scText) entries represent "real"
    726      1.1  christos          procedures - See the Compaq document titled "Object File /
    727      1.1  christos          Symbol Table Format Specification" for more information.
    728      1.1  christos          If the storage class is not scText, we discard the whole block
    729      1.1  christos          of symbol records for this stProc.  */
    730      1.1  christos       if (sh->st == stProc && sh->sc != scText)
    731      1.1  christos         {
    732      1.1  christos           char *ext_tsym = ext_sh;
    733      1.1  christos           int keep_counting = 1;
    734      1.1  christos           SYMR tsym;
    735      1.1  christos 
    736      1.1  christos           while (keep_counting)
    737      1.1  christos             {
    738      1.1  christos               ext_tsym += external_sym_size;
    739      1.1  christos               (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_tsym, &tsym);
    740      1.1  christos               count++;
    741      1.1  christos               switch (tsym.st)
    742  1.1.1.6  christos                 {
    743      1.1  christos                   case stParam:
    744      1.1  christos                     break;
    745      1.1  christos                   case stEnd:
    746      1.1  christos                     keep_counting = 0;
    747      1.1  christos                     break;
    748      1.1  christos                   default:
    749      1.1  christos                     complaint (_("unknown symbol type 0x%x"), sh->st);
    750      1.1  christos                     break;
    751      1.1  christos                 }
    752      1.1  christos             }
    753      1.1  christos           break;
    754      1.1  christos         }
    755      1.1  christos       s = new_symbol (name);
    756      1.1  christos       SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = VAR_DOMAIN;
    757      1.1  christos       SYMBOL_ACLASS_INDEX (s) = LOC_BLOCK;
    758      1.1  christos       /* Type of the return value.  */
    759      1.1  christos       if (SC_IS_UNDEF (sh->sc) || sh->sc == scNil)
    760      1.1  christos 	t = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_int;
    761      1.1  christos       else
    762      1.1  christos 	{
    763      1.1  christos 	  t = parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index + 1, 0, bigend, name);
    764      1.1  christos 	  if (strcmp (name, "malloc") == 0
    765      1.1  christos 	      && TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
    766      1.1  christos 	    {
    767      1.1  christos 	      /* I don't know why, but, at least under Alpha GNU/Linux,
    768      1.1  christos 	         when linking against a malloc without debugging
    769      1.1  christos 	         symbols, its read as a function returning void---this
    770      1.1  christos 	         is bad because it means we cannot call functions with
    771      1.1  christos 	         string arguments interactively; i.e., "call
    772      1.1  christos 	         printf("howdy\n")" would fail with the error message
    773      1.1  christos 	         "program has no memory available".  To avoid this, we
    774      1.1  christos 	         patch up the type and make it void*
    775  1.1.1.2  christos 	         instead. (davidm (at) azstarnet.com).  */
    776  1.1.1.2  christos 	      t = make_pointer_type (t, NULL);
    777      1.1  christos 	    }
    778      1.1  christos 	}
    779      1.1  christos       b = top_stack->cur_block;
    780      1.1  christos       if (sh->st == stProc)
    781      1.1  christos 	{
    782      1.1  christos 	  const struct blockvector *bv
    783      1.1  christos 	    = SYMTAB_BLOCKVECTOR (top_stack->cur_st);
    784      1.1  christos 
    785      1.1  christos 	  /* The next test should normally be true, but provides a
    786      1.1  christos 	     hook for nested functions (which we don't want to make
    787      1.1  christos 	     global).  */
    788      1.1  christos 	  if (b == BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK))
    789      1.1  christos 	    b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
    790      1.1  christos 	  /* Irix 5 sometimes has duplicate names for the same
    791      1.1  christos 	     function.  We want to add such names up at the global
    792      1.1  christos 	     level, not as a nested function.  */
    793      1.1  christos 	  else if (sh->value == top_stack->procadr)
    794      1.1  christos 	    b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
    795      1.1  christos 	}
    796      1.1  christos       add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, b);
    797      1.1  christos 
    798      1.1  christos       /* Make a type for the procedure itself.  */
    799      1.1  christos       SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = lookup_function_type (t);
    800  1.1.1.6  christos 
    801      1.1  christos       /* All functions in C++ have prototypes.  For C we don't have enough
    802      1.1  christos          information in the debug info.  */
    803      1.1  christos       if (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (s) == language_cplus)
    804      1.1  christos 	TYPE_PROTOTYPED (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) = 1;
    805      1.1  christos 
    806      1.1  christos       /* Create and enter a new lexical context.  */
    807      1.1  christos       b = new_block (FUNCTION_BLOCK, SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (s));
    808      1.1  christos       SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (s) = b;
    809      1.1  christos       BLOCK_FUNCTION (b) = s;
    810      1.1  christos       BLOCK_START (b) = BLOCK_END (b) = sh->value;
    811      1.1  christos       BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b) = top_stack->cur_block;
    812      1.1  christos       add_block (b, top_stack->cur_st);
    813      1.1  christos 
    814      1.1  christos       /* Not if we only have partial info.  */
    815      1.1  christos       if (SC_IS_UNDEF (sh->sc) || sh->sc == scNil)
    816      1.1  christos 	break;
    817      1.1  christos 
    818      1.1  christos       push_parse_stack ();
    819      1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_block = b;
    820      1.1  christos       top_stack->blocktype = sh->st;
    821      1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_type = SYMBOL_TYPE (s);
    822      1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_field = -1;
    823      1.1  christos       top_stack->procadr = sh->value;
    824      1.1  christos       top_stack->numargs = 0;
    825      1.1  christos       break;
    826      1.1  christos 
    827      1.1  christos       /* Beginning of code for structure, union, and enum definitions.
    828      1.1  christos          They all share a common set of local variables, defined here.  */
    829      1.1  christos       {
    830      1.1  christos 	enum type_code type_code;
    831      1.1  christos 	char *ext_tsym;
    832      1.1  christos 	int nfields;
    833      1.1  christos 	long max_value;
    834      1.1  christos 	struct field *f;
    835      1.1  christos 
    836      1.1  christos     case stStruct:		/* Start a block defining a struct type.  */
    837      1.1  christos 	type_code = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
    838      1.1  christos 	goto structured_common;
    839      1.1  christos 
    840      1.1  christos     case stUnion:		/* Start a block defining a union type.  */
    841      1.1  christos 	type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNION;
    842      1.1  christos 	goto structured_common;
    843      1.1  christos 
    844      1.1  christos     case stEnum:		/* Start a block defining an enum type.  */
    845      1.1  christos 	type_code = TYPE_CODE_ENUM;
    846      1.1  christos 	goto structured_common;
    847      1.1  christos 
    848      1.1  christos     case stBlock:		/* Either a lexical block, or some type.  */
    849      1.1  christos 	if (sh->sc != scInfo && !SC_IS_COMMON (sh->sc))
    850      1.1  christos 	  goto case_stBlock_code;	/* Lexical block */
    851      1.1  christos 
    852      1.1  christos 	type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNDEF;	/* We have a type.  */
    853      1.1  christos 
    854      1.1  christos 	/* Common code for handling struct, union, enum, and/or as-yet-
    855      1.1  christos 	   unknown-type blocks of info about structured data.  `type_code'
    856      1.1  christos 	   has been set to the proper TYPE_CODE, if we know it.  */
    857      1.1  christos       structured_common:
    858      1.1  christos 	found_ecoff_debugging_info = 1;
    859      1.1  christos 	push_parse_stack ();
    860      1.1  christos 	top_stack->blocktype = stBlock;
    861      1.1  christos 
    862      1.1  christos 	/* First count the number of fields and the highest value.  */
    863      1.1  christos 	nfields = 0;
    864      1.1  christos 	max_value = 0;
    865      1.1  christos 	for (ext_tsym = ext_sh + external_sym_size;
    866      1.1  christos 	     ;
    867      1.1  christos 	     ext_tsym += external_sym_size)
    868      1.1  christos 	  {
    869      1.1  christos 	    SYMR tsym;
    870      1.1  christos 
    871      1.1  christos 	    (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_tsym, &tsym);
    872      1.1  christos 
    873      1.1  christos 	    switch (tsym.st)
    874      1.1  christos 	      {
    875      1.1  christos 	      case stEnd:
    876      1.1  christos                 /* C++ encodes class types as structures where there the
    877      1.1  christos                    methods are encoded as stProc.  The scope of stProc
    878      1.1  christos                    symbols also ends with stEnd, thus creating a risk of
    879      1.1  christos                    taking the wrong stEnd symbol record as the end of
    880      1.1  christos                    the current struct, which would cause GDB to undercount
    881      1.1  christos                    the real number of fields in this struct.  To make sure
    882      1.1  christos                    we really reached the right stEnd symbol record, we
    883      1.1  christos                    check the associated name, and match it against the
    884      1.1  christos                    struct name.  Since method names are mangled while
    885      1.1  christos                    the class name is not, there is no risk of having a
    886      1.1  christos                    method whose name is identical to the class name
    887      1.1  christos                    (in particular constructor method names are different
    888      1.1  christos                    from the class name).  There is therefore no risk that
    889      1.1  christos                    this check stops the count on the StEnd of a method.
    890      1.1  christos 
    891      1.1  christos 		   Also, assume that we're really at the end when tsym.iss
    892      1.1  christos 		   is 0 (issNull).  */
    893      1.1  christos                 if (tsym.iss == issNull
    894      1.1  christos 		    || strcmp (debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + tsym.iss,
    895      1.1  christos                                name) == 0)
    896      1.1  christos                   goto end_of_fields;
    897      1.1  christos                 break;
    898      1.1  christos 
    899      1.1  christos 	      case stMember:
    900      1.1  christos 		if (nfields == 0 && type_code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF)
    901      1.1  christos 		  {
    902      1.1  christos 		    /* If the type of the member is Nil (or Void),
    903      1.1  christos 		       without qualifiers, assume the tag is an
    904      1.1  christos 		       enumeration.
    905      1.1  christos 		       Alpha cc -migrate enums are recognized by a zero
    906      1.1  christos 		       index and a zero symbol value.
    907      1.1  christos 		       DU 4.0 cc enums are recognized by a member type of
    908      1.1  christos 		       btEnum without qualifiers and a zero symbol value.  */
    909      1.1  christos 		    if (tsym.index == indexNil
    910      1.1  christos 			|| (tsym.index == 0 && sh->value == 0))
    911      1.1  christos 		      type_code = TYPE_CODE_ENUM;
    912      1.1  christos 		    else
    913      1.1  christos 		      {
    914      1.1  christos 			(*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (bigend,
    915      1.1  christos 						    &ax[tsym.index].a_ti,
    916      1.1  christos 						    &tir);
    917      1.1  christos 			if ((tir.bt == btNil || tir.bt == btVoid
    918      1.1  christos 			     || (tir.bt == btEnum && sh->value == 0))
    919      1.1  christos 			    && tir.tq0 == tqNil)
    920      1.1  christos 			  type_code = TYPE_CODE_ENUM;
    921      1.1  christos 		      }
    922      1.1  christos 		  }
    923      1.1  christos 		nfields++;
    924      1.1  christos 		if (tsym.value > max_value)
    925      1.1  christos 		  max_value = tsym.value;
    926      1.1  christos 		break;
    927      1.1  christos 
    928      1.1  christos 	      case stBlock:
    929      1.1  christos 	      case stUnion:
    930      1.1  christos 	      case stEnum:
    931      1.1  christos 	      case stStruct:
    932      1.1  christos 		{
    933      1.1  christos #if 0
    934      1.1  christos 		  /* This is a no-op; is it trying to tell us something
    935      1.1  christos 		     we should be checking?  */
    936      1.1  christos 		  if (tsym.sc == scVariant);	/*UNIMPLEMENTED */
    937      1.1  christos #endif
    938      1.1  christos 		  if (tsym.index != 0)
    939      1.1  christos 		    {
    940      1.1  christos 		      /* This is something like a struct within a
    941      1.1  christos 		         struct.  Skip over the fields of the inner
    942      1.1  christos 		         struct.  The -1 is because the for loop will
    943      1.1  christos 		         increment ext_tsym.  */
    944      1.1  christos 		      ext_tsym = ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
    945      1.1  christos 				  + ((cur_fdr->isymBase + tsym.index - 1)
    946      1.1  christos 				     * external_sym_size));
    947      1.1  christos 		    }
    948      1.1  christos 		}
    949      1.1  christos 		break;
    950      1.1  christos 
    951      1.1  christos 	      case stTypedef:
    952      1.1  christos 		/* mips cc puts out a typedef for struct x if it is not yet
    953      1.1  christos 		   defined when it encounters
    954      1.1  christos 		   struct y { struct x *xp; };
    955      1.1  christos 		   Just ignore it.  */
    956      1.1  christos 		break;
    957      1.1  christos 
    958      1.1  christos 	      case stIndirect:
    959  1.1.1.6  christos 		/* Irix5 cc puts out a stIndirect for struct x if it is not
    960      1.1  christos 		   yet defined when it encounters
    961      1.1  christos 		   struct y { struct x *xp; };
    962      1.1  christos 		   Just ignore it.  */
    963      1.1  christos 		break;
    964      1.1  christos 
    965      1.1  christos 	      default:
    966      1.1  christos 		complaint (_("declaration block contains "
    967      1.1  christos 			     "unhandled symbol type %d"),
    968      1.1  christos 			   tsym.st);
    969      1.1  christos 	      }
    970      1.1  christos 	  }
    971      1.1  christos       end_of_fields:
    972      1.1  christos 
    973      1.1  christos 	/* In an stBlock, there is no way to distinguish structs,
    974      1.1  christos 	   unions, and enums at this point.  This is a bug in the
    975      1.1  christos 	   original design (that has been fixed with the recent
    976      1.1  christos 	   addition of the stStruct, stUnion, and stEnum symbol
    977      1.1  christos 	   types.)  The way you can tell is if/when you see a variable
    978      1.1  christos 	   or field of that type.  In that case the variable's type
    979      1.1  christos 	   (in the AUX table) says if the type is struct, union, or
    980      1.1  christos 	   enum, and points back to the stBlock here.  So you can
    981      1.1  christos 	   patch the tag kind up later - but only if there actually is
    982      1.1  christos 	   a variable or field of that type.
    983      1.1  christos 
    984      1.1  christos 	   So until we know for sure, we will guess at this point.
    985      1.1  christos 	   The heuristic is:
    986      1.1  christos 	   If the first member has index==indexNil or a void type,
    987      1.1  christos 	   assume we have an enumeration.
    988      1.1  christos 	   Otherwise, if there is more than one member, and all
    989      1.1  christos 	   the members have offset 0, assume we have a union.
    990      1.1  christos 	   Otherwise, assume we have a struct.
    991      1.1  christos 
    992      1.1  christos 	   The heuristic could guess wrong in the case of of an
    993      1.1  christos 	   enumeration with no members or a union with one (or zero)
    994      1.1  christos 	   members, or when all except the last field of a struct have
    995      1.1  christos 	   width zero.  These are uncommon and/or illegal situations,
    996      1.1  christos 	   and in any case guessing wrong probably doesn't matter
    997      1.1  christos 	   much.
    998      1.1  christos 
    999      1.1  christos 	   But if we later do find out we were wrong, we fixup the tag
   1000      1.1  christos 	   kind.  Members of an enumeration must be handled
   1001      1.1  christos 	   differently from struct/union fields, and that is harder to
   1002      1.1  christos 	   patch up, but luckily we shouldn't need to.  (If there are
   1003      1.1  christos 	   any enumeration members, we can tell for sure it's an enum
   1004      1.1  christos 	   here.)  */
   1005      1.1  christos 
   1006      1.1  christos 	if (type_code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF)
   1007      1.1  christos 	  {
   1008      1.1  christos 	    if (nfields > 1 && max_value == 0)
   1009      1.1  christos 	      type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNION;
   1010      1.1  christos 	    else
   1011      1.1  christos 	      type_code = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
   1012      1.1  christos 	  }
   1013      1.1  christos 
   1014      1.1  christos 	/* Create a new type or use the pending type.  */
   1015      1.1  christos 	pend = is_pending_symbol (cur_fdr, ext_sh);
   1016      1.1  christos 	if (pend == (struct mdebug_pending *) NULL)
   1017      1.1  christos 	  {
   1018      1.1  christos 	    t = new_type (NULL);
   1019      1.1  christos 	    add_pending (cur_fdr, ext_sh, t);
   1020      1.1  christos 	  }
   1021  1.1.1.6  christos 	else
   1022      1.1  christos 	  t = pend->t;
   1023  1.1.1.6  christos 
   1024  1.1.1.6  christos 	/* Do not set the tag name if it is a compiler generated tag name
   1025      1.1  christos 	   (.Fxx or .xxfake or empty) for unnamed struct/union/enums.
   1026      1.1  christos 	   Alpha cc puts out an sh->iss of zero for those.  */
   1027      1.1  christos 	if (sh->iss == 0 || name[0] == '.' || name[0] == '\0')
   1028      1.1  christos 	  TYPE_NAME (t) = NULL;
   1029      1.1  christos 	else
   1030      1.1  christos 	  TYPE_NAME (t) = obconcat (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack,
   1031      1.1  christos 				    name, (char *) NULL);
   1032      1.1  christos 
   1033      1.1  christos 	TYPE_CODE (t) = type_code;
   1034      1.1  christos 	TYPE_LENGTH (t) = sh->value;
   1035      1.1  christos 	TYPE_NFIELDS (t) = nfields;
   1036      1.1  christos 	TYPE_FIELDS (t) = f = ((struct field *)
   1037      1.1  christos 			       TYPE_ALLOC (t,
   1038      1.1  christos 					   nfields * sizeof (struct field)));
   1039      1.1  christos 
   1040      1.1  christos 	if (type_code == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
   1041      1.1  christos 	  {
   1042      1.1  christos 	    int unsigned_enum = 1;
   1043      1.1  christos 
   1044      1.1  christos 	    /* This is a non-empty enum.  */
   1045      1.1  christos 
   1046      1.1  christos 	    /* DEC c89 has the number of enumerators in the sh.value field,
   1047      1.1  christos 	       not the type length, so we have to compensate for that
   1048      1.1  christos 	       incompatibility quirk.
   1049      1.1  christos 	       This might do the wrong thing for an enum with one or two
   1050      1.1  christos 	       enumerators and gcc -gcoff -fshort-enums, but these cases
   1051      1.1  christos 	       are hopefully rare enough.
   1052      1.1  christos 	       Alpha cc -migrate has a sh.value field of zero, we adjust
   1053      1.1  christos 	       that too.  */
   1054      1.1  christos 	    if (TYPE_LENGTH (t) == TYPE_NFIELDS (t)
   1055      1.1  christos 		|| TYPE_LENGTH (t) == 0)
   1056      1.1  christos 	      TYPE_LENGTH (t) = gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch) / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
   1057      1.1  christos 	    for (ext_tsym = ext_sh + external_sym_size;
   1058      1.1  christos 		 ;
   1059      1.1  christos 		 ext_tsym += external_sym_size)
   1060      1.1  christos 	      {
   1061      1.1  christos 		SYMR tsym;
   1062      1.1  christos 		struct symbol *enum_sym;
   1063      1.1  christos 
   1064      1.1  christos 		(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_tsym, &tsym);
   1065      1.1  christos 
   1066      1.1  christos 		if (tsym.st != stMember)
   1067      1.1  christos 		  break;
   1068      1.1  christos 
   1069      1.1  christos 		SET_FIELD_ENUMVAL (*f, tsym.value);
   1070  1.1.1.4  christos 		FIELD_TYPE (*f) = t;
   1071  1.1.1.4  christos 		FIELD_NAME (*f) = debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + tsym.iss;
   1072      1.1  christos 		FIELD_BITSIZE (*f) = 0;
   1073      1.1  christos 
   1074      1.1  christos 		enum_sym = allocate_symbol (mdebugread_objfile);
   1075      1.1  christos 		SYMBOL_SET_LINKAGE_NAME
   1076      1.1  christos 		  (enum_sym,
   1077      1.1  christos 		   (char *) obstack_copy0 (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack,
   1078      1.1  christos 					   f->name, strlen (f->name)));
   1079      1.1  christos 		SYMBOL_ACLASS_INDEX (enum_sym) = LOC_CONST;
   1080      1.1  christos 		SYMBOL_TYPE (enum_sym) = t;
   1081      1.1  christos 		SYMBOL_DOMAIN (enum_sym) = VAR_DOMAIN;
   1082      1.1  christos 		SYMBOL_VALUE (enum_sym) = tsym.value;
   1083      1.1  christos 		if (SYMBOL_VALUE (enum_sym) < 0)
   1084      1.1  christos 		  unsigned_enum = 0;
   1085      1.1  christos 		add_symbol (enum_sym, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
   1086      1.1  christos 
   1087      1.1  christos 		/* Skip the stMembers that we've handled.  */
   1088      1.1  christos 		count++;
   1089      1.1  christos 		f++;
   1090      1.1  christos 	      }
   1091      1.1  christos 	    if (unsigned_enum)
   1092      1.1  christos 	      TYPE_UNSIGNED (t) = 1;
   1093      1.1  christos 	  }
   1094      1.1  christos 	/* Make this the current type.  */
   1095      1.1  christos 	top_stack->cur_type = t;
   1096      1.1  christos 	top_stack->cur_field = 0;
   1097      1.1  christos 
   1098      1.1  christos 	/* Do not create a symbol for alpha cc unnamed structs.  */
   1099      1.1  christos 	if (sh->iss == 0)
   1100      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1101      1.1  christos 
   1102      1.1  christos 	/* gcc puts out an empty struct for an opaque struct definitions,
   1103      1.1  christos 	   do not create a symbol for it either.  */
   1104      1.1  christos 	if (TYPE_NFIELDS (t) == 0)
   1105      1.1  christos 	  {
   1106      1.1  christos 	    TYPE_STUB (t) = 1;
   1107      1.1  christos 	    break;
   1108      1.1  christos 	  }
   1109      1.1  christos 
   1110      1.1  christos 	s = new_symbol (name);
   1111      1.1  christos 	SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = STRUCT_DOMAIN;
   1112      1.1  christos 	SYMBOL_ACLASS_INDEX (s) = LOC_TYPEDEF;
   1113      1.1  christos 	SYMBOL_VALUE (s) = 0;
   1114      1.1  christos 	SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = t;
   1115      1.1  christos 	add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
   1116      1.1  christos 	break;
   1117      1.1  christos 
   1118      1.1  christos 	/* End of local variables shared by struct, union, enum, and
   1119      1.1  christos 	   block (as yet unknown struct/union/enum) processing.  */
   1120      1.1  christos       }
   1121      1.1  christos 
   1122      1.1  christos     case_stBlock_code:
   1123      1.1  christos       found_ecoff_debugging_info = 1;
   1124      1.1  christos       /* Beginnning of (code) block.  Value of symbol
   1125      1.1  christos          is the displacement from procedure start.  */
   1126      1.1  christos       push_parse_stack ();
   1127      1.1  christos 
   1128      1.1  christos       /* Do not start a new block if this is the outermost block of a
   1129      1.1  christos          procedure.  This allows the LOC_BLOCK symbol to point to the
   1130      1.1  christos          block with the local variables, so funcname::var works.  */
   1131      1.1  christos       if (top_stack->blocktype == stProc
   1132  1.1.1.6  christos 	  || top_stack->blocktype == stStaticProc)
   1133      1.1  christos 	{
   1134      1.1  christos 	  top_stack->blocktype = stNil;
   1135      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1136      1.1  christos 	}
   1137      1.1  christos 
   1138      1.1  christos       top_stack->blocktype = stBlock;
   1139      1.1  christos       b = new_block (NON_FUNCTION_BLOCK, psymtab_language);
   1140      1.1  christos       BLOCK_START (b) = sh->value + top_stack->procadr;
   1141      1.1  christos       BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b) = top_stack->cur_block;
   1142      1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_block = b;
   1143      1.1  christos       add_block (b, top_stack->cur_st);
   1144      1.1  christos       break;
   1145      1.1  christos 
   1146      1.1  christos     case stEnd:		/* end (of anything) */
   1147      1.1  christos       if (sh->sc == scInfo || SC_IS_COMMON (sh->sc))
   1148      1.1  christos 	{
   1149      1.1  christos 	  /* Finished with type */
   1150  1.1.1.2  christos 	  top_stack->cur_type = 0;
   1151  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   1152      1.1  christos       else if (sh->sc == scText &&
   1153  1.1.1.6  christos 	       (top_stack->blocktype == stProc ||
   1154      1.1  christos 		top_stack->blocktype == stStaticProc))
   1155      1.1  christos 	{
   1156      1.1  christos 	  /* Finished with procedure */
   1157      1.1  christos 	  const struct blockvector *bv
   1158      1.1  christos 	    = SYMTAB_BLOCKVECTOR (top_stack->cur_st);
   1159      1.1  christos 	  struct mdebug_extra_func_info *e;
   1160      1.1  christos 	  struct block *cblock = top_stack->cur_block;
   1161      1.1  christos 	  struct type *ftype = top_stack->cur_type;
   1162      1.1  christos 	  int i;
   1163      1.1  christos 
   1164  1.1.1.6  christos 	  BLOCK_END (top_stack->cur_block) += sh->value;	/* size */
   1165  1.1.1.6  christos 
   1166      1.1  christos 	  /* Make up special symbol to contain procedure specific info.  */
   1167      1.1  christos 	  s = new_symbol (MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME);
   1168      1.1  christos 	  SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = LABEL_DOMAIN;
   1169      1.1  christos 	  SYMBOL_ACLASS_INDEX (s) = LOC_CONST;
   1170      1.1  christos 	  SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = objfile_type (mdebugread_objfile)->builtin_void;
   1171      1.1  christos 	  e = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack,
   1172      1.1  christos 			      mdebug_extra_func_info);
   1173      1.1  christos 	  SYMBOL_VALUE_BYTES (s) = (gdb_byte *) e;
   1174      1.1  christos 	  e->numargs = top_stack->numargs;
   1175      1.1  christos 	  e->pdr.framereg = -1;
   1176      1.1  christos 	  add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
   1177  1.1.1.6  christos 
   1178      1.1  christos 	  /* f77 emits proc-level with address bounds==[0,0],
   1179      1.1  christos 	     So look for such child blocks, and patch them.  */
   1180      1.1  christos 	  for (i = 0; i < BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv); i++)
   1181  1.1.1.6  christos 	    {
   1182  1.1.1.6  christos 	      struct block *b_bad = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i);
   1183      1.1  christos 
   1184      1.1  christos 	      if (BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b_bad) == cblock
   1185      1.1  christos 		  && BLOCK_START (b_bad) == top_stack->procadr
   1186      1.1  christos 		  && BLOCK_END (b_bad) == top_stack->procadr)
   1187      1.1  christos 		{
   1188      1.1  christos 		  BLOCK_START (b_bad) = BLOCK_START (cblock);
   1189      1.1  christos 		  BLOCK_END (b_bad) = BLOCK_END (cblock);
   1190      1.1  christos 		}
   1191      1.1  christos 	    }
   1192      1.1  christos 
   1193      1.1  christos 	  if (TYPE_NFIELDS (ftype) <= 0)
   1194      1.1  christos 	    {
   1195      1.1  christos 	      /* No parameter type information is recorded with the function's
   1196      1.1  christos 	         type.  Set that from the type of the parameter symbols.  */
   1197      1.1  christos 	      int nparams = top_stack->numargs;
   1198      1.1  christos 	      int iparams;
   1199      1.1  christos 	      struct symbol *sym;
   1200      1.1  christos 
   1201      1.1  christos 	      if (nparams > 0)
   1202      1.1  christos 		{
   1203  1.1.1.6  christos 		  struct block_iterator iter;
   1204      1.1  christos 
   1205      1.1  christos 		  TYPE_NFIELDS (ftype) = nparams;
   1206      1.1  christos 		  TYPE_FIELDS (ftype) = (struct field *)
   1207      1.1  christos 		    TYPE_ALLOC (ftype, nparams * sizeof (struct field));
   1208      1.1  christos 
   1209      1.1  christos 		  iparams = 0;
   1210      1.1  christos 		  ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (cblock, iter, sym)
   1211      1.1  christos 		    {
   1212      1.1  christos 		      if (iparams == nparams)
   1213      1.1  christos 			break;
   1214      1.1  christos 
   1215      1.1  christos 		      if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym))
   1216      1.1  christos 			{
   1217      1.1  christos 			  TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (ftype, iparams) = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
   1218      1.1  christos 			  TYPE_FIELD_ARTIFICIAL (ftype, iparams) = 0;
   1219      1.1  christos 			  iparams++;
   1220      1.1  christos 			}
   1221      1.1  christos 		    }
   1222      1.1  christos 		}
   1223      1.1  christos 	    }
   1224      1.1  christos 	}
   1225      1.1  christos       else if (sh->sc == scText && top_stack->blocktype == stBlock)
   1226      1.1  christos 	{
   1227      1.1  christos 	  /* End of (code) block.  The value of the symbol is the
   1228      1.1  christos 	     displacement from the procedure`s start address of the
   1229      1.1  christos 	     end of this block.  */
   1230      1.1  christos 	  BLOCK_END (top_stack->cur_block) = sh->value + top_stack->procadr;
   1231      1.1  christos 	}
   1232      1.1  christos       else if (sh->sc == scText && top_stack->blocktype == stNil)
   1233      1.1  christos 	{
   1234      1.1  christos 	  /* End of outermost block.  Pop parse stack and ignore.  The
   1235      1.1  christos 	     following stEnd of stProc will take care of the block.  */
   1236      1.1  christos 	  ;
   1237      1.1  christos 	}
   1238  1.1.1.6  christos       else if (sh->sc == scText && top_stack->blocktype == stFile)
   1239      1.1  christos 	{
   1240      1.1  christos 	  /* End of file.  Pop parse stack and ignore.  Higher
   1241      1.1  christos 	     level code deals with this.  */
   1242      1.1  christos 	  ;
   1243      1.1  christos 	}
   1244  1.1.1.6  christos       else
   1245  1.1.1.6  christos 	complaint (_("stEnd with storage class %d not handled"), sh->sc);
   1246  1.1.1.6  christos 
   1247  1.1.1.6  christos       pop_parse_stack ();	/* Restore previous lexical context.  */
   1248  1.1.1.6  christos       break;
   1249  1.1.1.6  christos 
   1250  1.1.1.6  christos     case stMember:		/* member of struct or union */
   1251  1.1.1.6  christos       {
   1252  1.1.1.6  christos 	struct field *f
   1253  1.1.1.6  christos 	  = &TYPE_FIELDS (top_stack->cur_type)[top_stack->cur_field++];
   1254      1.1  christos 	FIELD_NAME (*f) = name;
   1255      1.1  christos 	SET_FIELD_BITPOS (*f, sh->value);
   1256      1.1  christos 	bitsize = 0;
   1257      1.1  christos 	FIELD_TYPE (*f) = parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index,
   1258      1.1  christos 				      &bitsize, bigend, name);
   1259      1.1  christos 	FIELD_BITSIZE (*f) = bitsize;
   1260      1.1  christos       }
   1261      1.1  christos       break;
   1262      1.1  christos 
   1263      1.1  christos     case stIndirect:		/* forward declaration on Irix5 */
   1264      1.1  christos       /* Forward declarations from Irix5 cc are handled by cross_ref,
   1265      1.1  christos          skip them.  */
   1266      1.1  christos       break;
   1267      1.1  christos 
   1268      1.1  christos     case stTypedef:		/* type definition */
   1269      1.1  christos       found_ecoff_debugging_info = 1;
   1270      1.1  christos 
   1271      1.1  christos       /* Typedefs for forward declarations and opaque structs from alpha cc
   1272      1.1  christos          are handled by cross_ref, skip them.  */
   1273      1.1  christos       if (sh->iss == 0)
   1274      1.1  christos 	break;
   1275      1.1  christos 
   1276      1.1  christos       /* Parse the type or use the pending type.  */
   1277      1.1  christos       pend = is_pending_symbol (cur_fdr, ext_sh);
   1278      1.1  christos       if (pend == (struct mdebug_pending *) NULL)
   1279      1.1  christos 	{
   1280      1.1  christos 	  t = parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index, (int *) NULL, bigend, name);
   1281      1.1  christos 	  add_pending (cur_fdr, ext_sh, t);
   1282      1.1  christos 	}
   1283      1.1  christos       else
   1284      1.1  christos 	t = pend->t;
   1285      1.1  christos 
   1286      1.1  christos       /* Mips cc puts out a typedef with the name of the struct for forward
   1287      1.1  christos          declarations.  These should not go into the symbol table and
   1288      1.1  christos          TYPE_NAME should not be set for them.
   1289      1.1  christos          They can't be distinguished from an intentional typedef to
   1290      1.1  christos          the same name however:
   1291      1.1  christos          x.h:
   1292      1.1  christos          struct x { int ix; int jx; };
   1293      1.1  christos          struct xx;
   1294      1.1  christos          x.c:
   1295      1.1  christos          typedef struct x x;
   1296      1.1  christos          struct xx {int ixx; int jxx; };
   1297      1.1  christos          generates a cross referencing stTypedef for x and xx.
   1298      1.1  christos          The user visible effect of this is that the type of a pointer
   1299      1.1  christos          to struct foo sometimes is given as `foo *' instead of `struct foo *'.
   1300      1.1  christos          The problem is fixed with alpha cc and Irix5 cc.  */
   1301      1.1  christos 
   1302      1.1  christos       /* However if the typedef cross references to an opaque aggregate, it
   1303      1.1  christos          is safe to omit it from the symbol table.  */
   1304      1.1  christos 
   1305      1.1  christos       if (has_opaque_xref (cur_fdr, sh))
   1306      1.1  christos 	break;
   1307      1.1  christos       s = new_symbol (name);
   1308      1.1  christos       SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = VAR_DOMAIN;
   1309      1.1  christos       SYMBOL_ACLASS_INDEX (s) = LOC_TYPEDEF;
   1310      1.1  christos       SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (s) = top_stack->cur_block;
   1311      1.1  christos       SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = t;
   1312      1.1  christos       add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
   1313      1.1  christos 
   1314      1.1  christos       /* Incomplete definitions of structs should not get a name.  */
   1315      1.1  christos       if (TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) == NULL
   1316      1.1  christos 	  && (TYPE_NFIELDS (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) != 0
   1317      1.1  christos 	      || (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
   1318      1.1  christos 		  && TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) != TYPE_CODE_UNION)))
   1319      1.1  christos 	{
   1320      1.1  christos 	  if (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
   1321      1.1  christos 	      || TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
   1322      1.1  christos 	    {
   1323      1.1  christos 	      /* If we are giving a name to a type such as "pointer to
   1324      1.1  christos 	         foo" or "function returning foo", we better not set
   1325      1.1  christos 	         the TYPE_NAME.  If the program contains "typedef char
   1326      1.1  christos 	         *caddr_t;", we don't want all variables of type char
   1327      1.1  christos 	         * to print as caddr_t.  This is not just a
   1328      1.1  christos 	         consequence of GDB's type management; CC and GCC (at
   1329      1.1  christos 	         least through version 2.4) both output variables of
   1330      1.1  christos 	         either type char * or caddr_t with the type
   1331      1.1  christos 	         refering to the stTypedef symbol for caddr_t.  If a future
   1332      1.1  christos 	         compiler cleans this up it GDB is not ready for it
   1333      1.1  christos 	         yet, but if it becomes ready we somehow need to
   1334      1.1  christos 	         disable this check (without breaking the PCC/GCC2.4
   1335      1.1  christos 	         case).
   1336      1.1  christos 
   1337      1.1  christos 	         Sigh.
   1338      1.1  christos 
   1339      1.1  christos 	         Fortunately, this check seems not to be necessary
   1340      1.1  christos 	         for anything except pointers or functions.  */
   1341      1.1  christos 	    }
   1342      1.1  christos 	  else
   1343      1.1  christos 	    TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) = SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (s);
   1344      1.1  christos 	}
   1345      1.1  christos       break;
   1346      1.1  christos 
   1347      1.1  christos     case stFile:		/* file name */
   1348      1.1  christos       push_parse_stack ();
   1349      1.1  christos       top_stack->blocktype = sh->st;
   1350      1.1  christos       break;
   1351      1.1  christos 
   1352      1.1  christos       /* I`ve never seen these for C */
   1353  1.1.1.6  christos     case stRegReloc:
   1354      1.1  christos       break;			/* register relocation */
   1355      1.1  christos     case stForward:
   1356      1.1  christos       break;			/* forwarding address */
   1357      1.1  christos     case stConstant:
   1358      1.1  christos       break;			/* constant */
   1359      1.1  christos     default:
   1360      1.1  christos       complaint (_("unknown symbol type 0x%x"), sh->st);
   1361      1.1  christos       break;
   1362      1.1  christos     }
   1363      1.1  christos 
   1364      1.1  christos   return count;
   1365      1.1  christos }
   1366      1.1  christos 
   1367      1.1  christos /* Basic types.  */
   1368  1.1.1.4  christos 
   1369  1.1.1.4  christos static const struct objfile_data *basic_type_data;
   1370      1.1  christos 
   1371      1.1  christos static struct type *
   1372      1.1  christos basic_type (int bt, struct objfile *objfile)
   1373      1.1  christos {
   1374      1.1  christos   struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
   1375      1.1  christos   struct type **map_bt
   1376      1.1  christos     = (struct type **) objfile_data (objfile, basic_type_data);
   1377      1.1  christos   struct type *tp;
   1378      1.1  christos 
   1379      1.1  christos   if (bt >= btMax)
   1380      1.1  christos     return NULL;
   1381      1.1  christos 
   1382      1.1  christos   if (!map_bt)
   1383      1.1  christos     {
   1384      1.1  christos       map_bt = OBSTACK_CALLOC (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
   1385      1.1  christos 			       btMax, struct type *);
   1386      1.1  christos       set_objfile_data (objfile, basic_type_data, map_bt);
   1387      1.1  christos     }
   1388      1.1  christos 
   1389      1.1  christos   if (map_bt[bt])
   1390      1.1  christos     return map_bt[bt];
   1391      1.1  christos 
   1392  1.1.1.5  christos   switch (bt)
   1393  1.1.1.5  christos     {
   1394      1.1  christos     case btNil:
   1395      1.1  christos       tp = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_void;
   1396      1.1  christos       break;
   1397  1.1.1.5  christos 
   1398  1.1.1.5  christos     case btAdr:
   1399      1.1  christos       tp = init_pointer_type (objfile, 32, "adr_32",
   1400      1.1  christos 			      objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_void);
   1401      1.1  christos       break;
   1402  1.1.1.5  christos 
   1403      1.1  christos     case btChar:
   1404      1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 8, 0, "char");
   1405      1.1  christos       TYPE_NOSIGN (tp) = 1;
   1406  1.1.1.5  christos       break;
   1407      1.1  christos 
   1408      1.1  christos     case btUChar:
   1409      1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 8, 1, "unsigned char");
   1410  1.1.1.5  christos       break;
   1411      1.1  christos 
   1412      1.1  christos     case btShort:
   1413      1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 16, 0, "short");
   1414  1.1.1.5  christos       break;
   1415      1.1  christos 
   1416      1.1  christos     case btUShort:
   1417      1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 16, 1, "unsigned short");
   1418  1.1.1.5  christos       break;
   1419      1.1  christos 
   1420      1.1  christos     case btInt:
   1421      1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 32, 0, "int");
   1422  1.1.1.5  christos       break;
   1423      1.1  christos 
   1424      1.1  christos    case btUInt:
   1425      1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 32, 1, "unsigned int");
   1426  1.1.1.5  christos       break;
   1427      1.1  christos 
   1428      1.1  christos     case btLong:
   1429      1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 32, 0, "long");
   1430  1.1.1.5  christos       break;
   1431  1.1.1.5  christos 
   1432      1.1  christos     case btULong:
   1433      1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 32, 1, "unsigned long");
   1434      1.1  christos       break;
   1435  1.1.1.5  christos 
   1436  1.1.1.5  christos     case btFloat:
   1437      1.1  christos       tp = init_float_type (objfile, gdbarch_float_bit (gdbarch),
   1438      1.1  christos 			    "float", gdbarch_float_format (gdbarch));
   1439      1.1  christos       break;
   1440  1.1.1.5  christos 
   1441  1.1.1.5  christos     case btDouble:
   1442      1.1  christos       tp = init_float_type (objfile, gdbarch_double_bit (gdbarch),
   1443      1.1  christos 			    "double", gdbarch_double_format (gdbarch));
   1444      1.1  christos       break;
   1445  1.1.1.5  christos 
   1446  1.1.1.5  christos     case btComplex:
   1447      1.1  christos       tp = init_complex_type (objfile, "complex",
   1448      1.1  christos 			      basic_type (btFloat, objfile));
   1449      1.1  christos       break;
   1450      1.1  christos 
   1451      1.1  christos     case btDComplex:
   1452      1.1  christos       tp = init_complex_type (objfile, "double complex",
   1453  1.1.1.5  christos 			      basic_type (btFloat, objfile));
   1454  1.1.1.5  christos       break;
   1455      1.1  christos 
   1456      1.1  christos     case btFixedDec:
   1457      1.1  christos       /* We use TYPE_CODE_INT to print these as integers.  Does this do any
   1458  1.1.1.5  christos 	 good?  Would we be better off with TYPE_CODE_ERROR?  Should
   1459  1.1.1.6  christos 	 TYPE_CODE_ERROR print things in hex if it knows the size?  */
   1460      1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch), 0,
   1461      1.1  christos 			      "fixed decimal");
   1462      1.1  christos       break;
   1463      1.1  christos 
   1464      1.1  christos     case btFloatDec:
   1465  1.1.1.6  christos       tp = init_type (objfile, TYPE_CODE_ERROR,
   1466      1.1  christos 		      gdbarch_double_bit (gdbarch), "floating decimal");
   1467      1.1  christos       break;
   1468      1.1  christos 
   1469      1.1  christos     case btString:
   1470      1.1  christos       /* Is a "string" the way btString means it the same as TYPE_CODE_STRING?
   1471      1.1  christos 	 FIXME.  */
   1472      1.1  christos       tp = init_type (objfile, TYPE_CODE_STRING, TARGET_CHAR_BIT, "string");
   1473  1.1.1.5  christos       break;
   1474      1.1  christos 
   1475      1.1  christos     case btVoid:
   1476      1.1  christos       tp = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_void;
   1477  1.1.1.5  christos       break;
   1478      1.1  christos 
   1479      1.1  christos     case btLong64:
   1480      1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 64, 0, "long");
   1481  1.1.1.5  christos       break;
   1482      1.1  christos 
   1483      1.1  christos     case btULong64:
   1484      1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 64, 1, "unsigned long");
   1485  1.1.1.5  christos       break;
   1486      1.1  christos 
   1487      1.1  christos     case btLongLong64:
   1488      1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 64, 0, "long long");
   1489  1.1.1.5  christos       break;
   1490  1.1.1.5  christos 
   1491      1.1  christos     case btULongLong64:
   1492      1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 64, 1, "unsigned long long");
   1493      1.1  christos       break;
   1494  1.1.1.5  christos 
   1495      1.1  christos     case btAdr64:
   1496      1.1  christos       tp = init_pointer_type (objfile, 64, "adr_64",
   1497      1.1  christos 			      objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_void);
   1498  1.1.1.5  christos       break;
   1499      1.1  christos 
   1500      1.1  christos     case btInt64:
   1501      1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 64, 0, "int");
   1502      1.1  christos       break;
   1503      1.1  christos 
   1504      1.1  christos     case btUInt64:
   1505      1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 64, 1, "unsigned int");
   1506      1.1  christos       break;
   1507      1.1  christos 
   1508      1.1  christos     default:
   1509      1.1  christos       tp = NULL;
   1510      1.1  christos       break;
   1511      1.1  christos     }
   1512      1.1  christos 
   1513      1.1  christos   map_bt[bt] = tp;
   1514      1.1  christos   return tp;
   1515      1.1  christos }
   1516      1.1  christos 
   1517  1.1.1.5  christos /* Parse the type information provided in the raw AX entries for
   1518      1.1  christos    the symbol SH.  Return the bitfield size in BS, in case.
   1519      1.1  christos    We must byte-swap the AX entries before we use them; BIGEND says whether
   1520      1.1  christos    they are big-endian or little-endian (from fh->fBigendian).  */
   1521      1.1  christos 
   1522      1.1  christos static struct type *
   1523      1.1  christos parse_type (int fd, union aux_ext *ax, unsigned int aux_index, int *bs,
   1524      1.1  christos 	    int bigend, const char *sym_name)
   1525      1.1  christos {
   1526      1.1  christos   TIR t[1];
   1527      1.1  christos   struct type *tp = 0;
   1528      1.1  christos   enum type_code type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNDEF;
   1529      1.1  christos 
   1530      1.1  christos   /* Handle undefined types, they have indexNil.  */
   1531      1.1  christos   if (aux_index == indexNil)
   1532      1.1  christos     return basic_type (btInt, mdebugread_objfile);
   1533      1.1  christos 
   1534      1.1  christos   /* Handle corrupt aux indices.  */
   1535      1.1  christos   if (aux_index >= (debug_info->fdr + fd)->caux)
   1536      1.1  christos     {
   1537      1.1  christos       index_complaint (sym_name);
   1538      1.1  christos       return basic_type (btInt, mdebugread_objfile);
   1539      1.1  christos     }
   1540      1.1  christos   ax += aux_index;
   1541      1.1  christos 
   1542      1.1  christos   /* Use aux as a type information record, map its basic type.  */
   1543      1.1  christos   (*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (bigend, &ax->a_ti, t);
   1544      1.1  christos   tp = basic_type (t->bt, mdebugread_objfile);
   1545      1.1  christos   if (tp == NULL)
   1546      1.1  christos     {
   1547      1.1  christos       /* Cannot use builtin types -- build our own.  */
   1548      1.1  christos       switch (t->bt)
   1549      1.1  christos 	{
   1550      1.1  christos 	case btStruct:
   1551      1.1  christos 	  type_code = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
   1552      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1553      1.1  christos 	case btUnion:
   1554      1.1  christos 	  type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNION;
   1555      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1556      1.1  christos 	case btEnum:
   1557      1.1  christos 	  type_code = TYPE_CODE_ENUM;
   1558      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1559      1.1  christos 	case btRange:
   1560      1.1  christos 	  type_code = TYPE_CODE_RANGE;
   1561      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1562      1.1  christos 	case btSet:
   1563      1.1  christos 	  type_code = TYPE_CODE_SET;
   1564      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1565      1.1  christos 	case btIndirect:
   1566      1.1  christos 	  /* alpha cc -migrate uses this for typedefs.  The true type will
   1567      1.1  christos 	     be obtained by crossreferencing below.  */
   1568      1.1  christos 	  type_code = TYPE_CODE_ERROR;
   1569      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1570      1.1  christos 	case btTypedef:
   1571      1.1  christos 	  /* alpha cc uses this for typedefs.  The true type will be
   1572      1.1  christos 	     obtained by crossreferencing below.  */
   1573      1.1  christos 	  type_code = TYPE_CODE_ERROR;
   1574      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1575      1.1  christos 	default:
   1576      1.1  christos 	  basic_type_complaint (t->bt, sym_name);
   1577      1.1  christos 	  return basic_type (btInt, mdebugread_objfile);
   1578      1.1  christos 	}
   1579      1.1  christos     }
   1580      1.1  christos 
   1581      1.1  christos   /* Move on to next aux.  */
   1582      1.1  christos   ax++;
   1583      1.1  christos 
   1584      1.1  christos   if (t->fBitfield)
   1585      1.1  christos     {
   1586      1.1  christos       int width = AUX_GET_WIDTH (bigend, ax);
   1587      1.1  christos 
   1588      1.1  christos       /* Inhibit core dumps if TIR is corrupted.  */
   1589      1.1  christos       if (bs == (int *) NULL)
   1590      1.1  christos 	{
   1591      1.1  christos 	  /* Alpha cc -migrate encodes char and unsigned char types
   1592      1.1  christos 	     as short and unsigned short types with a field width of 8.
   1593      1.1  christos 	     Enum types also have a field width which we ignore for now.  */
   1594  1.1.1.6  christos 	  if (t->bt == btShort && width == 8)
   1595      1.1  christos 	    tp = basic_type (btChar, mdebugread_objfile);
   1596      1.1  christos 	  else if (t->bt == btUShort && width == 8)
   1597      1.1  christos 	    tp = basic_type (btUChar, mdebugread_objfile);
   1598      1.1  christos 	  else if (t->bt == btEnum)
   1599      1.1  christos 	    ;
   1600      1.1  christos 	  else
   1601      1.1  christos 	    complaint (_("can't handle TIR fBitfield for %s"),
   1602      1.1  christos 		       sym_name);
   1603      1.1  christos 	}
   1604      1.1  christos       else
   1605      1.1  christos 	*bs = width;
   1606      1.1  christos       ax++;
   1607      1.1  christos     }
   1608      1.1  christos 
   1609      1.1  christos   /* A btIndirect entry cross references to an aux entry containing
   1610      1.1  christos      the type.  */
   1611      1.1  christos   if (t->bt == btIndirect)
   1612      1.1  christos     {
   1613      1.1  christos       RNDXR rn[1];
   1614      1.1  christos       int rf;
   1615      1.1  christos       FDR *xref_fh;
   1616      1.1  christos       int xref_fd;
   1617      1.1  christos 
   1618      1.1  christos       (*debug_swap->swap_rndx_in) (bigend, &ax->a_rndx, rn);
   1619      1.1  christos       ax++;
   1620      1.1  christos       if (rn->rfd == 0xfff)
   1621      1.1  christos 	{
   1622      1.1  christos 	  rf = AUX_GET_ISYM (bigend, ax);
   1623  1.1.1.6  christos 	  ax++;
   1624      1.1  christos 	}
   1625      1.1  christos       else
   1626      1.1  christos 	rf = rn->rfd;
   1627      1.1  christos 
   1628      1.1  christos       if (rf == -1)
   1629      1.1  christos 	{
   1630      1.1  christos 	  complaint (_("unable to cross ref btIndirect for %s"), sym_name);
   1631      1.1  christos 	  return basic_type (btInt, mdebugread_objfile);
   1632      1.1  christos 	}
   1633      1.1  christos       xref_fh = get_rfd (fd, rf);
   1634      1.1  christos       xref_fd = xref_fh - debug_info->fdr;
   1635      1.1  christos       tp = parse_type (xref_fd, debug_info->external_aux + xref_fh->iauxBase,
   1636      1.1  christos 		    rn->index, (int *) NULL, xref_fh->fBigendian, sym_name);
   1637      1.1  christos     }
   1638      1.1  christos 
   1639      1.1  christos   /* All these types really point to some (common) MIPS type
   1640      1.1  christos      definition, and only the type-qualifiers fully identify
   1641      1.1  christos      them.  We'll make the same effort at sharing.  */
   1642      1.1  christos   if (t->bt == btStruct ||
   1643  1.1.1.5  christos       t->bt == btUnion ||
   1644      1.1  christos       t->bt == btEnum ||
   1645      1.1  christos 
   1646      1.1  christos   /* btSet (I think) implies that the name is a tag name, not a typedef
   1647      1.1  christos      name.  This apparently is a MIPS extension for C sets.  */
   1648  1.1.1.5  christos       t->bt == btSet)
   1649      1.1  christos     {
   1650      1.1  christos       const char *name;
   1651      1.1  christos 
   1652      1.1  christos       /* Try to cross reference this type, build new type on failure.  */
   1653      1.1  christos       ax += cross_ref (fd, ax, &tp, type_code, &name, bigend, sym_name);
   1654      1.1  christos       if (tp == (struct type *) NULL)
   1655      1.1  christos 	tp = init_type (mdebugread_objfile, type_code, 0, NULL);
   1656      1.1  christos 
   1657      1.1  christos       /* DEC c89 produces cross references to qualified aggregate types,
   1658      1.1  christos          dereference them.  */
   1659      1.1  christos       while (TYPE_CODE (tp) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
   1660      1.1  christos 	     || TYPE_CODE (tp) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
   1661      1.1  christos 	tp = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (tp);
   1662      1.1  christos 
   1663      1.1  christos       /* Make sure that TYPE_CODE(tp) has an expected type code.
   1664      1.1  christos          Any type may be returned from cross_ref if file indirect entries
   1665      1.1  christos          are corrupted.  */
   1666      1.1  christos       if (TYPE_CODE (tp) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
   1667      1.1  christos 	  && TYPE_CODE (tp) != TYPE_CODE_UNION
   1668      1.1  christos 	  && TYPE_CODE (tp) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
   1669      1.1  christos 	{
   1670      1.1  christos 	  unexpected_type_code_complaint (sym_name);
   1671      1.1  christos 	}
   1672      1.1  christos       else
   1673      1.1  christos 	{
   1674      1.1  christos 	  /* Usually, TYPE_CODE(tp) is already type_code.  The main
   1675      1.1  christos 	     exception is if we guessed wrong re struct/union/enum.
   1676      1.1  christos 	     But for struct vs. union a wrong guess is harmless, so
   1677      1.1  christos 	     don't complain().  */
   1678      1.1  christos 	  if ((TYPE_CODE (tp) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
   1679      1.1  christos 	       && type_code != TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
   1680      1.1  christos 	      || (TYPE_CODE (tp) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
   1681      1.1  christos 		  && type_code == TYPE_CODE_ENUM))
   1682      1.1  christos 	    {
   1683      1.1  christos 	      bad_tag_guess_complaint (sym_name);
   1684      1.1  christos 	    }
   1685      1.1  christos 
   1686      1.1  christos 	  if (TYPE_CODE (tp) != type_code)
   1687  1.1.1.6  christos 	    {
   1688  1.1.1.6  christos 	      TYPE_CODE (tp) = type_code;
   1689  1.1.1.6  christos 	    }
   1690  1.1.1.6  christos 
   1691  1.1.1.4  christos 	  /* Do not set the tag name if it is a compiler generated tag name
   1692  1.1.1.4  christos 	     (.Fxx or .xxfake or empty) for unnamed struct/union/enums.  */
   1693  1.1.1.4  christos 	  if (name[0] == '.' || name[0] == '\0')
   1694      1.1  christos 	    TYPE_NAME (tp) = NULL;
   1695      1.1  christos 	  else if (TYPE_NAME (tp) == NULL
   1696      1.1  christos 		   || strcmp (TYPE_NAME (tp), name) != 0)
   1697      1.1  christos 	    TYPE_NAME (tp)
   1698      1.1  christos 	      = ((const char *)
   1699      1.1  christos 		 obstack_copy0 (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack,
   1700      1.1  christos 				name, strlen (name)));
   1701      1.1  christos 	}
   1702      1.1  christos     }
   1703  1.1.1.5  christos 
   1704      1.1  christos   /* All these types really point to some (common) MIPS type
   1705      1.1  christos      definition, and only the type-qualifiers fully identify
   1706      1.1  christos      them.  We'll make the same effort at sharing.
   1707      1.1  christos      FIXME: We are not doing any guessing on range types.  */
   1708  1.1.1.5  christos   if (t->bt == btRange)
   1709      1.1  christos     {
   1710      1.1  christos       const char *name;
   1711      1.1  christos 
   1712      1.1  christos       /* Try to cross reference this type, build new type on failure.  */
   1713      1.1  christos       ax += cross_ref (fd, ax, &tp, type_code, &name, bigend, sym_name);
   1714      1.1  christos       if (tp == (struct type *) NULL)
   1715      1.1  christos 	tp = init_type (mdebugread_objfile, type_code, 0, NULL);
   1716      1.1  christos 
   1717      1.1  christos       /* Make sure that TYPE_CODE(tp) has an expected type code.
   1718      1.1  christos          Any type may be returned from cross_ref if file indirect entries
   1719      1.1  christos          are corrupted.  */
   1720      1.1  christos       if (TYPE_CODE (tp) != TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
   1721      1.1  christos 	{
   1722      1.1  christos 	  unexpected_type_code_complaint (sym_name);
   1723      1.1  christos 	}
   1724      1.1  christos       else
   1725      1.1  christos 	{
   1726      1.1  christos 	  /* Usually, TYPE_CODE(tp) is already type_code.  The main
   1727      1.1  christos 	     exception is if we guessed wrong re struct/union/enum.  */
   1728      1.1  christos 	  if (TYPE_CODE (tp) != type_code)
   1729  1.1.1.4  christos 	    {
   1730  1.1.1.4  christos 	      bad_tag_guess_complaint (sym_name);
   1731  1.1.1.4  christos 	      TYPE_CODE (tp) = type_code;
   1732      1.1  christos 	    }
   1733      1.1  christos 	  if (TYPE_NAME (tp) == NULL
   1734      1.1  christos 	      || strcmp (TYPE_NAME (tp), name) != 0)
   1735      1.1  christos 	    TYPE_NAME (tp)
   1736  1.1.1.5  christos 	      = ((const char *)
   1737      1.1  christos 		 obstack_copy0 (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack,
   1738      1.1  christos 				name, strlen (name)));
   1739      1.1  christos 	}
   1740      1.1  christos     }
   1741      1.1  christos   if (t->bt == btTypedef)
   1742  1.1.1.6  christos     {
   1743      1.1  christos       const char *name;
   1744      1.1  christos 
   1745      1.1  christos       /* Try to cross reference this type, it should succeed.  */
   1746      1.1  christos       ax += cross_ref (fd, ax, &tp, type_code, &name, bigend, sym_name);
   1747      1.1  christos       if (tp == (struct type *) NULL)
   1748      1.1  christos 	{
   1749      1.1  christos 	  complaint (_("unable to cross ref btTypedef for %s"), sym_name);
   1750      1.1  christos 	  tp = basic_type (btInt, mdebugread_objfile);
   1751      1.1  christos 	}
   1752      1.1  christos     }
   1753      1.1  christos 
   1754      1.1  christos   /* Deal with range types.  */
   1755      1.1  christos   if (t->bt == btRange)
   1756      1.1  christos     {
   1757      1.1  christos       TYPE_NFIELDS (tp) = 0;
   1758      1.1  christos       TYPE_RANGE_DATA (tp) = ((struct range_bounds *)
   1759      1.1  christos 			  TYPE_ZALLOC (tp, sizeof (struct range_bounds)));
   1760      1.1  christos       TYPE_LOW_BOUND (tp) = AUX_GET_DNLOW (bigend, ax);
   1761      1.1  christos       ax++;
   1762      1.1  christos       TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (tp) = AUX_GET_DNHIGH (bigend, ax);
   1763      1.1  christos       ax++;
   1764      1.1  christos     }
   1765      1.1  christos 
   1766      1.1  christos   /* Parse all the type qualifiers now.  If there are more
   1767      1.1  christos      than 6 the game will continue in the next aux.  */
   1768      1.1  christos 
   1769      1.1  christos   while (1)
   1770      1.1  christos     {
   1771      1.1  christos #define PARSE_TQ(tq) \
   1772      1.1  christos       if (t->tq != tqNil) \
   1773      1.1  christos 	ax += upgrade_type(fd, &tp, t->tq, ax, bigend, sym_name); \
   1774      1.1  christos       else \
   1775      1.1  christos 	break;
   1776      1.1  christos 
   1777      1.1  christos       PARSE_TQ (tq0);
   1778      1.1  christos       PARSE_TQ (tq1);
   1779      1.1  christos       PARSE_TQ (tq2);
   1780      1.1  christos       PARSE_TQ (tq3);
   1781      1.1  christos       PARSE_TQ (tq4);
   1782      1.1  christos       PARSE_TQ (tq5);
   1783      1.1  christos #undef	PARSE_TQ
   1784      1.1  christos 
   1785      1.1  christos       /* mips cc 2.x and gcc never put out continued aux entries.  */
   1786      1.1  christos       if (!t->continued)
   1787      1.1  christos 	break;
   1788  1.1.1.6  christos 
   1789      1.1  christos       (*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (bigend, &ax->a_ti, t);
   1790      1.1  christos       ax++;
   1791      1.1  christos     }
   1792      1.1  christos 
   1793      1.1  christos   /* Complain for illegal continuations due to corrupt aux entries.  */
   1794      1.1  christos   if (t->continued)
   1795      1.1  christos     complaint (_("illegal TIR continued for %s"), sym_name);
   1796      1.1  christos 
   1797      1.1  christos   return tp;
   1798      1.1  christos }
   1799      1.1  christos 
   1800      1.1  christos /* Make up a complex type from a basic one.  Type is passed by
   1801      1.1  christos    reference in TPP and side-effected as necessary.  The type
   1802  1.1.1.5  christos    qualifier TQ says how to handle the aux symbols at AX for
   1803      1.1  christos    the symbol SX we are currently analyzing.  BIGEND says whether
   1804      1.1  christos    aux symbols are big-endian or little-endian.
   1805      1.1  christos    Returns the number of aux symbols we parsed.  */
   1806      1.1  christos 
   1807      1.1  christos static int
   1808      1.1  christos upgrade_type (int fd, struct type **tpp, int tq, union aux_ext *ax, int bigend,
   1809      1.1  christos 	      const char *sym_name)
   1810      1.1  christos {
   1811      1.1  christos   int off;
   1812      1.1  christos   struct type *t;
   1813      1.1  christos 
   1814      1.1  christos   /* Used in array processing.  */
   1815      1.1  christos   int rf, id;
   1816      1.1  christos   FDR *fh;
   1817      1.1  christos   struct type *range;
   1818      1.1  christos   struct type *indx;
   1819      1.1  christos   int lower, upper;
   1820      1.1  christos   RNDXR rndx;
   1821      1.1  christos 
   1822      1.1  christos   switch (tq)
   1823      1.1  christos     {
   1824      1.1  christos     case tqPtr:
   1825      1.1  christos       t = lookup_pointer_type (*tpp);
   1826      1.1  christos       *tpp = t;
   1827      1.1  christos       return 0;
   1828      1.1  christos 
   1829      1.1  christos     case tqProc:
   1830      1.1  christos       t = lookup_function_type (*tpp);
   1831      1.1  christos       *tpp = t;
   1832      1.1  christos       return 0;
   1833      1.1  christos 
   1834      1.1  christos     case tqArray:
   1835      1.1  christos       off = 0;
   1836      1.1  christos 
   1837      1.1  christos       /* Determine and record the domain type (type of index).  */
   1838      1.1  christos       (*debug_swap->swap_rndx_in) (bigend, &ax->a_rndx, &rndx);
   1839      1.1  christos       id = rndx.index;
   1840      1.1  christos       rf = rndx.rfd;
   1841      1.1  christos       if (rf == 0xfff)
   1842      1.1  christos 	{
   1843      1.1  christos 	  ax++;
   1844      1.1  christos 	  rf = AUX_GET_ISYM (bigend, ax);
   1845      1.1  christos 	  off++;
   1846      1.1  christos 	}
   1847      1.1  christos       fh = get_rfd (fd, rf);
   1848      1.1  christos 
   1849      1.1  christos       indx = parse_type (fh - debug_info->fdr,
   1850  1.1.1.6  christos 			 debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase,
   1851      1.1  christos 			 id, (int *) NULL, bigend, sym_name);
   1852      1.1  christos 
   1853      1.1  christos       /* The bounds type should be an integer type, but might be anything
   1854      1.1  christos          else due to corrupt aux entries.  */
   1855      1.1  christos       if (TYPE_CODE (indx) != TYPE_CODE_INT)
   1856      1.1  christos 	{
   1857      1.1  christos 	  complaint (_("illegal array index type for %s, assuming int"),
   1858      1.1  christos 		     sym_name);
   1859      1.1  christos 	  indx = objfile_type (mdebugread_objfile)->builtin_int;
   1860      1.1  christos 	}
   1861      1.1  christos 
   1862      1.1  christos       /* Get the bounds, and create the array type.  */
   1863  1.1.1.2  christos       ax++;
   1864  1.1.1.2  christos       lower = AUX_GET_DNLOW (bigend, ax);
   1865      1.1  christos       ax++;
   1866      1.1  christos       upper = AUX_GET_DNHIGH (bigend, ax);
   1867      1.1  christos       ax++;
   1868      1.1  christos       rf = AUX_GET_WIDTH (bigend, ax);	/* bit size of array element */
   1869      1.1  christos 
   1870      1.1  christos       range = create_static_range_type ((struct type *) NULL, indx,
   1871      1.1  christos 					lower, upper);
   1872      1.1  christos 
   1873      1.1  christos       t = create_array_type ((struct type *) NULL, *tpp, range);
   1874      1.1  christos 
   1875      1.1  christos       /* We used to fill in the supplied array element bitsize
   1876      1.1  christos          here if the TYPE_LENGTH of the target type was zero.
   1877      1.1  christos          This happens for a `pointer to an array of anonymous structs',
   1878      1.1  christos          but in this case the array element bitsize is also zero,
   1879      1.1  christos          so nothing is gained.
   1880      1.1  christos          And we used to check the TYPE_LENGTH of the target type against
   1881      1.1  christos          the supplied array element bitsize.
   1882      1.1  christos          gcc causes a mismatch for `pointer to array of object',
   1883      1.1  christos          since the sdb directives it uses do not have a way of
   1884      1.1  christos          specifying the bitsize, but it does no harm (the
   1885      1.1  christos          TYPE_LENGTH should be correct) and we should be able to
   1886      1.1  christos          ignore the erroneous bitsize from the auxiliary entry safely.
   1887      1.1  christos          dbx seems to ignore it too.  */
   1888      1.1  christos 
   1889      1.1  christos       /* TYPE_TARGET_STUB now takes care of the zero TYPE_LENGTH problem.  */
   1890      1.1  christos       if (TYPE_LENGTH (*tpp) == 0)
   1891      1.1  christos 	TYPE_TARGET_STUB (t) = 1;
   1892      1.1  christos 
   1893      1.1  christos       *tpp = t;
   1894      1.1  christos       return 4 + off;
   1895      1.1  christos 
   1896      1.1  christos     case tqVol:
   1897      1.1  christos       /* Volatile -- currently ignored */
   1898  1.1.1.6  christos       return 0;
   1899      1.1  christos 
   1900      1.1  christos     case tqConst:
   1901      1.1  christos       /* Const -- currently ignored */
   1902      1.1  christos       return 0;
   1903      1.1  christos 
   1904      1.1  christos     default:
   1905      1.1  christos       complaint (_("unknown type qualifier 0x%x"), tq);
   1906      1.1  christos       return 0;
   1907      1.1  christos     }
   1908      1.1  christos }
   1909      1.1  christos 
   1910      1.1  christos 
   1911      1.1  christos /* Parse a procedure descriptor record PR.  Note that the procedure is
   1912      1.1  christos    parsed _after_ the local symbols, now we just insert the extra
   1913      1.1  christos    information we need into a MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME symbol that has
   1914      1.1  christos    already been placed in the procedure's main block.  Note also that
   1915      1.1  christos    images that have been partially stripped (ld -x) have been deprived
   1916  1.1.1.2  christos    of local symbols, and we have to cope with them here.  FIRST_OFF is
   1917      1.1  christos    the offset of the first procedure for this FDR; we adjust the
   1918      1.1  christos    address by this amount, but I don't know why.  SEARCH_SYMTAB is the symtab
   1919      1.1  christos    to look for the function which contains the MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME symbol
   1920  1.1.1.2  christos    in question, or NULL to use top_stack->cur_block.  */
   1921      1.1  christos 
   1922      1.1  christos static void
   1923      1.1  christos parse_procedure (PDR *pr, struct compunit_symtab *search_symtab,
   1924      1.1  christos 		 struct partial_symtab *pst)
   1925      1.1  christos {
   1926      1.1  christos   struct symbol *s, *i;
   1927      1.1  christos   const struct block *b;
   1928      1.1  christos   char *sh_name;
   1929      1.1  christos 
   1930  1.1.1.6  christos   /* Simple rule to find files linked "-x".  */
   1931      1.1  christos   if (cur_fdr->rss == -1)
   1932      1.1  christos     {
   1933      1.1  christos       if (pr->isym == -1)
   1934      1.1  christos 	{
   1935      1.1  christos 	  /* Static procedure at address pr->adr.  Sigh.  */
   1936      1.1  christos 	  /* FIXME-32x64.  assuming pr->adr fits in long.  */
   1937      1.1  christos 	  complaint (_("can't handle PDR for static proc at 0x%lx"),
   1938      1.1  christos 		     (unsigned long) pr->adr);
   1939      1.1  christos 	  return;
   1940      1.1  christos 	}
   1941      1.1  christos       else
   1942      1.1  christos 	{
   1943      1.1  christos 	  /* external */
   1944      1.1  christos 	  EXTR she;
   1945      1.1  christos 
   1946      1.1  christos 	  (*debug_swap->swap_ext_in) (cur_bfd,
   1947      1.1  christos 				      ((char *) debug_info->external_ext
   1948      1.1  christos 				       + (pr->isym
   1949      1.1  christos 					  * debug_swap->external_ext_size)),
   1950      1.1  christos 				      &she);
   1951      1.1  christos 	  sh_name = debug_info->ssext + she.asym.iss;
   1952      1.1  christos 	}
   1953      1.1  christos     }
   1954      1.1  christos   else
   1955      1.1  christos     {
   1956      1.1  christos       /* Full symbols */
   1957      1.1  christos       SYMR sh;
   1958      1.1  christos 
   1959      1.1  christos       (*debug_swap->swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   1960      1.1  christos 				  ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   1961      1.1  christos 				   + ((cur_fdr->isymBase + pr->isym)
   1962      1.1  christos 				      * debug_swap->external_sym_size)),
   1963      1.1  christos 				  &sh);
   1964      1.1  christos       sh_name = debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + sh.iss;
   1965      1.1  christos     }
   1966      1.1  christos 
   1967      1.1  christos   if (search_symtab != NULL)
   1968      1.1  christos     {
   1969      1.1  christos #if 0
   1970      1.1  christos       /* This loses both in the case mentioned (want a static, find a global),
   1971      1.1  christos          but also if we are looking up a non-mangled name which happens to
   1972      1.1  christos          match the name of a mangled function.  */
   1973      1.1  christos       /* We have to save the cur_fdr across the call to lookup_symbol.
   1974      1.1  christos          If the pdr is for a static function and if a global function with
   1975      1.1  christos          the same name exists, lookup_symbol will eventually read in the symtab
   1976      1.1  christos          for the global function and clobber cur_fdr.  */
   1977  1.1.1.2  christos       FDR *save_cur_fdr = cur_fdr;
   1978  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1979      1.1  christos       s = lookup_symbol (sh_name, NULL, VAR_DOMAIN, 0);
   1980      1.1  christos       cur_fdr = save_cur_fdr;
   1981      1.1  christos #else
   1982      1.1  christos       s = mylookup_symbol
   1983      1.1  christos 	(sh_name,
   1984      1.1  christos 	 BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (search_symtab),
   1985      1.1  christos 			    STATIC_BLOCK),
   1986      1.1  christos 	 VAR_DOMAIN,
   1987      1.1  christos 	 LOC_BLOCK);
   1988      1.1  christos #endif
   1989      1.1  christos     }
   1990      1.1  christos   else
   1991      1.1  christos     s = mylookup_symbol (sh_name, top_stack->cur_block,
   1992      1.1  christos 			 VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK);
   1993  1.1.1.6  christos 
   1994      1.1  christos   if (s != 0)
   1995      1.1  christos     {
   1996      1.1  christos       b = SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (s);
   1997      1.1  christos     }
   1998      1.1  christos   else
   1999      1.1  christos     {
   2000      1.1  christos       complaint (_("PDR for %s, but no symbol"), sh_name);
   2001      1.1  christos #if 1
   2002      1.1  christos       return;
   2003      1.1  christos #else
   2004      1.1  christos /* FIXME -- delete.  We can't do symbol allocation now; it's all done.  */
   2005      1.1  christos       s = new_symbol (sh_name);
   2006      1.1  christos       SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = VAR_DOMAIN;
   2007      1.1  christos       SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_BLOCK;
   2008      1.1  christos       /* Donno its type, hope int is ok.  */
   2009      1.1  christos       SYMBOL_TYPE (s)
   2010      1.1  christos 	= lookup_function_type (objfile_type (pst->objfile)->builtin_int);
   2011      1.1  christos       add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
   2012      1.1  christos       /* Won't have symbols for this one.  */
   2013      1.1  christos       b = new_block (2);
   2014      1.1  christos       SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (s) = b;
   2015      1.1  christos       BLOCK_FUNCTION (b) = s;
   2016      1.1  christos       BLOCK_START (b) = pr->adr;
   2017      1.1  christos       /* BOUND used to be the end of procedure's text, but the
   2018      1.1  christos          argument is no longer passed in.  */
   2019      1.1  christos       BLOCK_END (b) = bound;
   2020      1.1  christos       BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b) = top_stack->cur_block;
   2021      1.1  christos       add_block (b, top_stack->cur_st);
   2022      1.1  christos #endif
   2023      1.1  christos     }
   2024      1.1  christos 
   2025      1.1  christos   i = mylookup_symbol (MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME, b, LABEL_DOMAIN, LOC_CONST);
   2026      1.1  christos 
   2027      1.1  christos   if (i)
   2028      1.1  christos     {
   2029      1.1  christos       struct mdebug_extra_func_info *e;
   2030      1.1  christos 
   2031      1.1  christos       e = (struct mdebug_extra_func_info *) SYMBOL_VALUE_BYTES (i);
   2032      1.1  christos       e->pdr = *pr;
   2033      1.1  christos 
   2034      1.1  christos       /* GDB expects the absolute function start address for the
   2035      1.1  christos          procedure descriptor in e->pdr.adr.
   2036      1.1  christos          As the address in the procedure descriptor is usually relative,
   2037      1.1  christos          we would have to relocate e->pdr.adr with cur_fdr->adr and
   2038      1.1  christos          ANOFFSET (pst->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (pst->objfile)).
   2039      1.1  christos          Unfortunately cur_fdr->adr and e->pdr.adr are both absolute
   2040      1.1  christos          in shared libraries on some systems, and on other systems
   2041      1.1  christos          e->pdr.adr is sometimes offset by a bogus value.
   2042      1.1  christos          To work around these problems, we replace e->pdr.adr with
   2043      1.1  christos          the start address of the function.  */
   2044      1.1  christos       e->pdr.adr = BLOCK_START (b);
   2045      1.1  christos     }
   2046      1.1  christos 
   2047      1.1  christos   /* It would be reasonable that functions that have been compiled
   2048      1.1  christos      without debugging info have a btNil type for their return value,
   2049      1.1  christos      and functions that are void and are compiled with debugging info
   2050      1.1  christos      have btVoid.
   2051      1.1  christos      gcc and DEC f77 put out btNil types for both cases, so btNil is mapped
   2052      1.1  christos      to TYPE_CODE_VOID in parse_type to get the `compiled with debugging info'
   2053      1.1  christos      case right.
   2054      1.1  christos      The glevel field in cur_fdr could be used to determine the presence
   2055      1.1  christos      of debugging info, but GCC doesn't always pass the -g switch settings
   2056      1.1  christos      to the assembler and GAS doesn't set the glevel field from the -g switch
   2057      1.1  christos      settings.
   2058      1.1  christos      To work around these problems, the return value type of a TYPE_CODE_VOID
   2059      1.1  christos      function is adjusted accordingly if no debugging info was found in the
   2060      1.1  christos      compilation unit.  */
   2061      1.1  christos 
   2062      1.1  christos   if (processing_gcc_compilation == 0
   2063      1.1  christos       && found_ecoff_debugging_info == 0
   2064      1.1  christos       && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (SYMBOL_TYPE (s))) == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
   2065      1.1  christos     SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = objfile_type (mdebugread_objfile)->nodebug_text_symbol;
   2066      1.1  christos }
   2067      1.1  christos 
   2068      1.1  christos /* Parse the external symbol ES.  Just call parse_symbol() after
   2069      1.1  christos    making sure we know where the aux are for it.
   2070      1.1  christos    BIGEND says whether aux entries are big-endian or little-endian.
   2071      1.1  christos 
   2072      1.1  christos    This routine clobbers top_stack->cur_block and ->cur_st.  */
   2073      1.1  christos 
   2074      1.1  christos static void parse_external (EXTR *, int, struct section_offsets *,
   2075      1.1  christos 			    struct objfile *);
   2076      1.1  christos 
   2077      1.1  christos static void
   2078      1.1  christos parse_external (EXTR *es, int bigend, struct section_offsets *section_offsets,
   2079      1.1  christos 		struct objfile *objfile)
   2080      1.1  christos {
   2081      1.1  christos   union aux_ext *ax;
   2082      1.1  christos 
   2083      1.1  christos   if (es->ifd != ifdNil)
   2084      1.1  christos     {
   2085      1.1  christos       cur_fd = es->ifd;
   2086      1.1  christos       cur_fdr = debug_info->fdr + cur_fd;
   2087      1.1  christos       ax = debug_info->external_aux + cur_fdr->iauxBase;
   2088      1.1  christos     }
   2089      1.1  christos   else
   2090      1.1  christos     {
   2091  1.1.1.5  christos       cur_fdr = debug_info->fdr;
   2092      1.1  christos       ax = 0;
   2093      1.1  christos     }
   2094      1.1  christos 
   2095      1.1  christos   /* Reading .o files */
   2096      1.1  christos   if (SC_IS_UNDEF (es->asym.sc) || es->asym.sc == scNil)
   2097      1.1  christos     {
   2098      1.1  christos       const char *what;
   2099      1.1  christos       switch (es->asym.st)
   2100      1.1  christos 	{
   2101      1.1  christos 	case stNil:
   2102      1.1  christos 	  /* These are generated for static symbols in .o files,
   2103      1.1  christos 	     ignore them.  */
   2104      1.1  christos 	  return;
   2105      1.1  christos 	case stStaticProc:
   2106      1.1  christos 	case stProc:
   2107      1.1  christos 	  what = "procedure";
   2108      1.1  christos 	  n_undef_procs++;
   2109      1.1  christos 	  break;
   2110      1.1  christos 	case stGlobal:
   2111      1.1  christos 	  what = "variable";
   2112      1.1  christos 	  n_undef_vars++;
   2113      1.1  christos 	  break;
   2114      1.1  christos 	case stLabel:
   2115      1.1  christos 	  what = "label";
   2116      1.1  christos 	  n_undef_labels++;
   2117      1.1  christos 	  break;
   2118      1.1  christos 	default:
   2119      1.1  christos 	  what = "symbol";
   2120      1.1  christos 	  break;
   2121      1.1  christos 	}
   2122      1.1  christos       n_undef_symbols++;
   2123      1.1  christos       /* FIXME:  Turn this into a complaint?  */
   2124      1.1  christos       if (info_verbose)
   2125      1.1  christos 	printf_filtered (_("Warning: %s `%s' is undefined (in %s)\n"),
   2126      1.1  christos 			 what, debug_info->ssext + es->asym.iss,
   2127      1.1  christos 			 fdr_name (cur_fdr));
   2128      1.1  christos       return;
   2129      1.1  christos     }
   2130      1.1  christos 
   2131      1.1  christos   switch (es->asym.st)
   2132      1.1  christos     {
   2133      1.1  christos     case stProc:
   2134      1.1  christos     case stStaticProc:
   2135      1.1  christos       /* There is no need to parse the external procedure symbols.
   2136      1.1  christos          If they are from objects compiled without -g, their index will
   2137      1.1  christos          be indexNil, and the symbol definition from the minimal symbol
   2138      1.1  christos          is preferrable (yielding a function returning int instead of int).
   2139      1.1  christos          If the index points to a local procedure symbol, the local
   2140      1.1  christos          symbol already provides the correct type.
   2141      1.1  christos          Note that the index of the external procedure symbol points
   2142      1.1  christos          to the local procedure symbol in the local symbol table, and
   2143      1.1  christos          _not_ to the auxiliary symbol info.  */
   2144      1.1  christos       break;
   2145      1.1  christos     case stGlobal:
   2146      1.1  christos     case stLabel:
   2147      1.1  christos       /* Global common symbols are resolved by the runtime loader,
   2148      1.1  christos          ignore them.  */
   2149      1.1  christos       if (SC_IS_COMMON (es->asym.sc))
   2150      1.1  christos 	break;
   2151      1.1  christos 
   2152      1.1  christos       /* Note that the case of a symbol with indexNil must be handled
   2153      1.1  christos          anyways by parse_symbol().  */
   2154      1.1  christos       parse_symbol (&es->asym, ax, (char *) NULL,
   2155      1.1  christos 		    bigend, section_offsets, objfile);
   2156      1.1  christos       break;
   2157      1.1  christos     default:
   2158      1.1  christos       break;
   2159      1.1  christos     }
   2160      1.1  christos }
   2161      1.1  christos 
   2162      1.1  christos /* Parse the line number info for file descriptor FH into
   2163  1.1.1.6  christos    GDB's linetable LT.  MIPS' encoding requires a little bit
   2164      1.1  christos    of magic to get things out.  Note also that MIPS' line
   2165      1.1  christos    numbers can go back and forth, apparently we can live
   2166      1.1  christos    with that and do not need to reorder our linetables.  */
   2167      1.1  christos 
   2168      1.1  christos static void
   2169      1.1  christos parse_lines (FDR *fh, PDR *pr, struct linetable *lt, int maxlines,
   2170      1.1  christos 	     CORE_ADDR textlow, CORE_ADDR lowest_pdr_addr)
   2171      1.1  christos {
   2172      1.1  christos   unsigned char *base;
   2173      1.1  christos   int j, k;
   2174      1.1  christos   int delta, count, lineno = 0;
   2175      1.1  christos 
   2176      1.1  christos   if (fh->cbLine == 0)
   2177      1.1  christos     return;
   2178      1.1  christos 
   2179      1.1  christos   /* Scan by procedure descriptors.  */
   2180      1.1  christos   k = 0;
   2181      1.1  christos   for (j = 0; j < fh->cpd; j++, pr++)
   2182      1.1  christos     {
   2183      1.1  christos       CORE_ADDR l;
   2184      1.1  christos       CORE_ADDR adr;
   2185      1.1  christos       unsigned char *halt;
   2186      1.1  christos 
   2187      1.1  christos       /* No code for this one.  */
   2188      1.1  christos       if (pr->iline == ilineNil ||
   2189      1.1  christos 	  pr->lnLow == -1 || pr->lnHigh == -1)
   2190      1.1  christos 	continue;
   2191      1.1  christos 
   2192      1.1  christos       /* Determine start and end address of compressed line bytes for
   2193      1.1  christos          this procedure.  */
   2194  1.1.1.6  christos       base = debug_info->line + fh->cbLineOffset;
   2195      1.1  christos       if (j != (fh->cpd - 1))
   2196      1.1  christos 	halt = base + pr[1].cbLineOffset;
   2197      1.1  christos       else
   2198      1.1  christos 	halt = base + fh->cbLine;
   2199      1.1  christos       base += pr->cbLineOffset;
   2200      1.1  christos 
   2201      1.1  christos       adr = textlow + pr->adr - lowest_pdr_addr;
   2202      1.1  christos 
   2203      1.1  christos       l = adr >> 2;		/* in words */
   2204      1.1  christos       for (lineno = pr->lnLow; base < halt;)
   2205      1.1  christos 	{
   2206      1.1  christos 	  count = *base & 0x0f;
   2207      1.1  christos 	  delta = *base++ >> 4;
   2208      1.1  christos 	  if (delta >= 8)
   2209      1.1  christos 	    delta -= 16;
   2210      1.1  christos 	  if (delta == -8)
   2211      1.1  christos 	    {
   2212      1.1  christos 	      delta = (base[0] << 8) | base[1];
   2213      1.1  christos 	      if (delta >= 0x8000)
   2214      1.1  christos 		delta -= 0x10000;
   2215      1.1  christos 	      base += 2;
   2216  1.1.1.6  christos 	    }
   2217      1.1  christos 	  lineno += delta;	/* first delta is 0 */
   2218      1.1  christos 
   2219      1.1  christos 	  /* Complain if the line table overflows.  Could happen
   2220      1.1  christos 	     with corrupt binaries.  */
   2221      1.1  christos 	  if (lt->nitems >= maxlines)
   2222      1.1  christos 	    {
   2223      1.1  christos 	      complaint (_("guessed size of linetable for %s incorrectly"),
   2224      1.1  christos 			 fdr_name (fh));
   2225      1.1  christos 	      break;
   2226      1.1  christos 	    }
   2227      1.1  christos 	  k = add_line (lt, lineno, l, k);
   2228      1.1  christos 	  l += count + 1;
   2229  1.1.1.6  christos 	}
   2230      1.1  christos     }
   2231      1.1  christos }
   2232      1.1  christos 
   2233      1.1  christos static void
   2235      1.1  christos function_outside_compilation_unit_complaint (const char *arg1)
   2236      1.1  christos {
   2237      1.1  christos   complaint (_("function `%s' appears to be defined "
   2238  1.1.1.5  christos 	       "outside of all compilation units"),
   2239  1.1.1.5  christos 	     arg1);
   2240      1.1  christos }
   2241      1.1  christos 
   2242      1.1  christos /* Use the STORAGE_CLASS to compute which section the given symbol
   2243      1.1  christos    belongs to, and then records this new minimal symbol.  */
   2244      1.1  christos 
   2245      1.1  christos static void
   2246      1.1  christos record_minimal_symbol (minimal_symbol_reader &reader,
   2247      1.1  christos 		       const char *name, const CORE_ADDR address,
   2248      1.1  christos                        enum minimal_symbol_type ms_type, int storage_class,
   2249      1.1  christos                        struct objfile *objfile)
   2250      1.1  christos {
   2251      1.1  christos   int section;
   2252      1.1  christos 
   2253      1.1  christos   switch (storage_class)
   2254      1.1  christos     {
   2255      1.1  christos       case scText:
   2256      1.1  christos         section = SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile);
   2257      1.1  christos         break;
   2258      1.1  christos       case scData:
   2259      1.1  christos         section = SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile);
   2260      1.1  christos         break;
   2261      1.1  christos       case scBss:
   2262      1.1  christos         section = SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile);
   2263      1.1  christos         break;
   2264      1.1  christos       case scSData:
   2265      1.1  christos         section = get_section_index (objfile, ".sdata");
   2266      1.1  christos         break;
   2267      1.1  christos       case scSBss:
   2268      1.1  christos         section = get_section_index (objfile, ".sbss");
   2269      1.1  christos         break;
   2270      1.1  christos       case scRData:
   2271      1.1  christos         section = get_section_index (objfile, ".rdata");
   2272      1.1  christos         break;
   2273      1.1  christos       case scInit:
   2274      1.1  christos         section = get_section_index (objfile, ".init");
   2275      1.1  christos         break;
   2276      1.1  christos       case scXData:
   2277      1.1  christos         section = get_section_index (objfile, ".xdata");
   2278      1.1  christos         break;
   2279      1.1  christos       case scPData:
   2280      1.1  christos         section = get_section_index (objfile, ".pdata");
   2281      1.1  christos         break;
   2282      1.1  christos       case scFini:
   2283      1.1  christos         section = get_section_index (objfile, ".fini");
   2284      1.1  christos         break;
   2285      1.1  christos       case scRConst:
   2286      1.1  christos         section = get_section_index (objfile, ".rconst");
   2287      1.1  christos         break;
   2288      1.1  christos #ifdef scTlsData
   2289      1.1  christos       case scTlsData:
   2290      1.1  christos         section = get_section_index (objfile, ".tlsdata");
   2291      1.1  christos         break;
   2292      1.1  christos #endif
   2293      1.1  christos #ifdef scTlsBss
   2294      1.1  christos       case scTlsBss:
   2295  1.1.1.5  christos         section = get_section_index (objfile, ".tlsbss");
   2296      1.1  christos         break;
   2297      1.1  christos #endif
   2298      1.1  christos       default:
   2299      1.1  christos         /* This kind of symbol is not associated to a section.  */
   2300      1.1  christos         section = -1;
   2301      1.1  christos     }
   2302  1.1.1.5  christos 
   2303  1.1.1.5  christos   reader.record_with_info (name, address, ms_type, section);
   2304      1.1  christos }
   2305      1.1  christos 
   2306      1.1  christos /* Master parsing procedure for first-pass reading of file symbols
   2307      1.1  christos    into a partial_symtab.  */
   2308      1.1  christos 
   2309      1.1  christos static void
   2310      1.1  christos parse_partial_symbols (minimal_symbol_reader &reader,
   2311      1.1  christos 		       struct objfile *objfile)
   2312      1.1  christos {
   2313      1.1  christos   struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
   2314      1.1  christos   const bfd_size_type external_sym_size = debug_swap->external_sym_size;
   2315      1.1  christos   const bfd_size_type external_rfd_size = debug_swap->external_rfd_size;
   2316      1.1  christos   const bfd_size_type external_ext_size = debug_swap->external_ext_size;
   2317      1.1  christos   void (*const swap_ext_in) (bfd *, void *, EXTR *) = debug_swap->swap_ext_in;
   2318      1.1  christos   void (*const swap_sym_in) (bfd *, void *, SYMR *) = debug_swap->swap_sym_in;
   2319      1.1  christos   void (*const swap_rfd_in) (bfd *, void *, RFDT *) = debug_swap->swap_rfd_in;
   2320      1.1  christos   int f_idx, s_idx;
   2321      1.1  christos   HDRR *hdr = &debug_info->symbolic_header;
   2322      1.1  christos   /* Running pointers */
   2323      1.1  christos   FDR *fh;
   2324      1.1  christos   char *ext_out;
   2325      1.1  christos   char *ext_out_end;
   2326      1.1  christos   EXTR *ext_in;
   2327      1.1  christos   EXTR *ext_in_end;
   2328      1.1  christos   SYMR sh;
   2329      1.1  christos   struct partial_symtab *pst;
   2330      1.1  christos   int textlow_not_set = 1;
   2331      1.1  christos 
   2332      1.1  christos   /* List of current psymtab's include files.  */
   2333      1.1  christos   const char **psymtab_include_list;
   2334      1.1  christos   int includes_allocated;
   2335      1.1  christos   int includes_used;
   2336      1.1  christos   EXTR *extern_tab;
   2337      1.1  christos   struct pst_map *fdr_to_pst;
   2338      1.1  christos   /* Index within current psymtab dependency list.  */
   2339      1.1  christos   struct partial_symtab **dependency_list;
   2340      1.1  christos   int dependencies_used, dependencies_allocated;
   2341      1.1  christos   char *name;
   2342      1.1  christos   enum language prev_language;
   2343      1.1  christos   asection *text_sect;
   2344      1.1  christos   int relocatable = 0;
   2345      1.1  christos 
   2346      1.1  christos   /* Irix 5.2 shared libraries have a fh->adr field of zero, but
   2347      1.1  christos      the shared libraries are prelinked at a high memory address.
   2348      1.1  christos      We have to adjust the start address of the object file for this case,
   2349  1.1.1.6  christos      by setting it to the start address of the first procedure in the file.
   2350      1.1  christos      But we should do no adjustments if we are debugging a .o file, where
   2351      1.1  christos      the text section (and fh->adr) really starts at zero.  */
   2352      1.1  christos   text_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".text");
   2353      1.1  christos   if (text_sect != NULL
   2354      1.1  christos       && (bfd_get_section_flags (cur_bfd, text_sect) & SEC_RELOC))
   2355      1.1  christos     relocatable = 1;
   2356      1.1  christos 
   2357      1.1  christos   extern_tab = XOBNEWVEC (&objfile->objfile_obstack, EXTR, hdr->iextMax);
   2358      1.1  christos 
   2359      1.1  christos   includes_allocated = 30;
   2360      1.1  christos   includes_used = 0;
   2361      1.1  christos   psymtab_include_list = (const char **) alloca (includes_allocated *
   2362      1.1  christos 						 sizeof (const char *));
   2363      1.1  christos   next_symbol_text_func = mdebug_next_symbol_text;
   2364      1.1  christos 
   2365      1.1  christos   dependencies_allocated = 30;
   2366      1.1  christos   dependencies_used = 0;
   2367      1.1  christos   dependency_list =
   2368      1.1  christos     (struct partial_symtab **) alloca (dependencies_allocated *
   2369      1.1  christos 				       sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
   2370      1.1  christos 
   2371      1.1  christos   set_last_source_file (NULL);
   2372      1.1  christos 
   2373      1.1  christos   /*
   2374      1.1  christos    * Big plan:
   2375      1.1  christos    *
   2376      1.1  christos    * Only parse the Local and External symbols, and the Relative FDR.
   2377      1.1  christos    * Fixup enough of the loader symtab to be able to use it.
   2378      1.1  christos    * Allocate space only for the file's portions we need to
   2379      1.1  christos    * look at.  (XXX)
   2380  1.1.1.6  christos    */
   2381  1.1.1.6  christos 
   2382      1.1  christos   max_gdbinfo = 0;
   2383      1.1  christos   max_glevel = MIN_GLEVEL;
   2384  1.1.1.6  christos 
   2385      1.1  christos   /* Allocate the map FDR -> PST.
   2386  1.1.1.6  christos      Minor hack: -O3 images might claim some global data belongs
   2387  1.1.1.6  christos      to FDR -1.  We`ll go along with that.  */
   2388      1.1  christos   gdb::def_vector<struct pst_map> fdr_to_pst_holder (hdr->ifdMax + 1);
   2389      1.1  christos   fdr_to_pst = fdr_to_pst_holder.data ();
   2390      1.1  christos   fdr_to_pst++;
   2391  1.1.1.6  christos   {
   2392  1.1.1.6  christos     struct partial_symtab *new_pst = new_psymtab ("", objfile);
   2393      1.1  christos 
   2394      1.1  christos     fdr_to_pst[-1].pst = new_pst;
   2395      1.1  christos     FDR_IDX (new_pst) = -1;
   2396      1.1  christos   }
   2397  1.1.1.6  christos 
   2398      1.1  christos   /* Allocate the global pending list.  */
   2399      1.1  christos   pending_list = XOBNEWVEC (&objfile->objfile_obstack, mdebug_pending *,
   2400      1.1  christos 			    hdr->ifdMax);
   2401  1.1.1.6  christos   memset (pending_list, 0,
   2402      1.1  christos 	  hdr->ifdMax * sizeof (struct mdebug_pending *));
   2403      1.1  christos 
   2404      1.1  christos   /* Pass 0 over external syms: swap them in.  */
   2405      1.1  christos   gdb::def_vector<EXTR> ext_block (hdr->iextMax);
   2406  1.1.1.6  christos 
   2407      1.1  christos   ext_out = (char *) debug_info->external_ext;
   2408      1.1  christos   ext_out_end = ext_out + hdr->iextMax * external_ext_size;
   2409      1.1  christos   ext_in = ext_block.data ();
   2410      1.1  christos   for (; ext_out < ext_out_end; ext_out += external_ext_size, ext_in++)
   2411      1.1  christos     (*swap_ext_in) (cur_bfd, ext_out, ext_in);
   2412      1.1  christos 
   2413      1.1  christos   /* Pass 1 over external syms: Presize and partition the list.  */
   2414      1.1  christos   ext_in = ext_block.data ();
   2415      1.1  christos   ext_in_end = ext_in + hdr->iextMax;
   2416      1.1  christos   for (; ext_in < ext_in_end; ext_in++)
   2417      1.1  christos     {
   2418      1.1  christos       /* See calls to complain below.  */
   2419      1.1  christos       if (ext_in->ifd >= -1
   2420      1.1  christos 	  && ext_in->ifd < hdr->ifdMax
   2421      1.1  christos 	  && ext_in->asym.iss >= 0
   2422      1.1  christos 	  && ext_in->asym.iss < hdr->issExtMax)
   2423      1.1  christos 	fdr_to_pst[ext_in->ifd].n_globals++;
   2424      1.1  christos     }
   2425      1.1  christos 
   2426      1.1  christos   /* Pass 1.5 over files:  partition out global symbol space.  */
   2427      1.1  christos   s_idx = 0;
   2428      1.1  christos   for (f_idx = -1; f_idx < hdr->ifdMax; f_idx++)
   2429      1.1  christos     {
   2430      1.1  christos       fdr_to_pst[f_idx].globals_offset = s_idx;
   2431      1.1  christos       s_idx += fdr_to_pst[f_idx].n_globals;
   2432      1.1  christos       fdr_to_pst[f_idx].n_globals = 0;
   2433      1.1  christos     }
   2434      1.1  christos 
   2435      1.1  christos   /* ECOFF in ELF:
   2436      1.1  christos 
   2437      1.1  christos      For ECOFF in ELF, we skip the creation of the minimal symbols.
   2438      1.1  christos      The ECOFF symbols should be a subset of the Elf symbols, and the
   2439      1.1  christos      section information of the elf symbols will be more accurate.
   2440      1.1  christos      FIXME!  What about Irix 5's native linker?
   2441      1.1  christos 
   2442      1.1  christos      By default, Elf sections which don't exist in ECOFF
   2443      1.1  christos      get put in ECOFF's absolute section by the gnu linker.
   2444      1.1  christos      Since absolute sections don't get relocated, we
   2445      1.1  christos      end up calculating an address different from that of
   2446      1.1  christos      the symbol's minimal symbol (created earlier from the
   2447      1.1  christos      Elf symtab).
   2448      1.1  christos 
   2449      1.1  christos      To fix this, either :
   2450      1.1  christos      1) don't create the duplicate symbol
   2451      1.1  christos      (assumes ECOFF symtab is a subset of the ELF symtab;
   2452      1.1  christos      assumes no side-effects result from ignoring ECOFF symbol)
   2453      1.1  christos      2) create it, only if lookup for existing symbol in ELF's minimal
   2454      1.1  christos      symbols fails
   2455      1.1  christos      (inefficient;
   2456      1.1  christos      assumes no side-effects result from ignoring ECOFF symbol)
   2457      1.1  christos      3) create it, but lookup ELF's minimal symbol and use it's section
   2458      1.1  christos      during relocation, then modify "uniqify" phase to merge and
   2459  1.1.1.6  christos      eliminate the duplicate symbol
   2460      1.1  christos      (highly inefficient)
   2461      1.1  christos 
   2462      1.1  christos      I've implemented #1 here...
   2463      1.1  christos      Skip the creation of the minimal symbols based on the ECOFF
   2464      1.1  christos      symbol table.  */
   2465      1.1  christos 
   2466      1.1  christos   /* Pass 2 over external syms: fill in external symbols.  */
   2467      1.1  christos   ext_in = ext_block.data ();
   2468      1.1  christos   ext_in_end = ext_in + hdr->iextMax;
   2469      1.1  christos   for (; ext_in < ext_in_end; ext_in++)
   2470  1.1.1.6  christos     {
   2471      1.1  christos       enum minimal_symbol_type ms_type = mst_text;
   2472      1.1  christos       CORE_ADDR svalue = ext_in->asym.value;
   2473      1.1  christos 
   2474      1.1  christos       /* The Irix 5 native tools seem to sometimes generate bogus
   2475      1.1  christos          external symbols.  */
   2476  1.1.1.6  christos       if (ext_in->ifd < -1 || ext_in->ifd >= hdr->ifdMax)
   2477      1.1  christos 	{
   2478      1.1  christos 	  complaint (_("bad ifd for external symbol: %d (max %ld)"),
   2479      1.1  christos 		     ext_in->ifd, hdr->ifdMax);
   2480      1.1  christos 	  continue;
   2481      1.1  christos 	}
   2482      1.1  christos       if (ext_in->asym.iss < 0 || ext_in->asym.iss >= hdr->issExtMax)
   2483      1.1  christos 	{
   2484      1.1  christos 	  complaint (_("bad iss for external symbol: %ld (max %ld)"),
   2485      1.1  christos 		     ext_in->asym.iss, hdr->issExtMax);
   2486      1.1  christos 	  continue;
   2487      1.1  christos 	}
   2488      1.1  christos 
   2489      1.1  christos       extern_tab[fdr_to_pst[ext_in->ifd].globals_offset
   2490      1.1  christos 		 + fdr_to_pst[ext_in->ifd].n_globals++] = *ext_in;
   2491      1.1  christos 
   2492      1.1  christos 
   2493      1.1  christos       if (SC_IS_UNDEF (ext_in->asym.sc) || ext_in->asym.sc == scNil)
   2494      1.1  christos 	continue;
   2495      1.1  christos 
   2496      1.1  christos 
   2497      1.1  christos       /* Pass 3 over files, over local syms: fill in static symbols.  */
   2498      1.1  christos       name = debug_info->ssext + ext_in->asym.iss;
   2499      1.1  christos 
   2500      1.1  christos       /* Process ECOFF Symbol Types and Storage Classes.  */
   2501      1.1  christos       switch (ext_in->asym.st)
   2502      1.1  christos 	{
   2503      1.1  christos 	case stProc:
   2504      1.1  christos 	  /* Beginnning of Procedure */
   2505      1.1  christos 	  break;
   2506      1.1  christos 	case stStaticProc:
   2507      1.1  christos 	  /* Load time only static procs */
   2508      1.1  christos 	  ms_type = mst_file_text;
   2509      1.1  christos 	  break;
   2510      1.1  christos 	case stGlobal:
   2511      1.1  christos 	  /* External symbol */
   2512      1.1  christos 	  if (SC_IS_COMMON (ext_in->asym.sc))
   2513      1.1  christos 	    {
   2514      1.1  christos 	      /* The value of a common symbol is its size, not its address.
   2515      1.1  christos 	         Ignore it.  */
   2516      1.1  christos 	      continue;
   2517      1.1  christos 	    }
   2518      1.1  christos 	  else if (SC_IS_DATA (ext_in->asym.sc))
   2519      1.1  christos 	    {
   2520      1.1  christos 	      ms_type = mst_data;
   2521      1.1  christos 	    }
   2522      1.1  christos 	  else if (SC_IS_BSS (ext_in->asym.sc))
   2523      1.1  christos 	    {
   2524      1.1  christos 	      ms_type = mst_bss;
   2525      1.1  christos 	    }
   2526      1.1  christos           else if (SC_IS_SBSS (ext_in->asym.sc))
   2527      1.1  christos             {
   2528      1.1  christos               ms_type = mst_bss;
   2529      1.1  christos             }
   2530      1.1  christos 	  else
   2531      1.1  christos 	    ms_type = mst_abs;
   2532      1.1  christos 	  break;
   2533      1.1  christos 	case stLabel:
   2534      1.1  christos 	  /* Label */
   2535      1.1  christos 
   2536      1.1  christos           /* On certain platforms, some extra label symbols can be
   2537      1.1  christos              generated by the linker.  One possible usage for this kind
   2538      1.1  christos              of symbols is to represent the address of the begining of a
   2539      1.1  christos              given section.  For instance, on Tru64 5.1, the address of
   2540      1.1  christos              the _ftext label is the start address of the .text section.
   2541      1.1  christos 
   2542      1.1  christos              The storage class of these symbols is usually directly
   2543      1.1  christos              related to the section to which the symbol refers.  For
   2544      1.1  christos              instance, on Tru64 5.1, the storage class for the _fdata
   2545      1.1  christos              label is scData, refering to the .data section.
   2546      1.1  christos 
   2547      1.1  christos              It is actually possible that the section associated to the
   2548      1.1  christos              storage class of the label does not exist.  On True64 5.1
   2549      1.1  christos              for instance, the libm.so shared library does not contain
   2550      1.1  christos              any .data section, although it contains a _fpdata label
   2551      1.1  christos              which storage class is scData...  Since these symbols are
   2552      1.1  christos              usually useless for the debugger user anyway, we just
   2553      1.1  christos              discard these symbols.  */
   2554      1.1  christos 
   2555      1.1  christos 	  if (SC_IS_TEXT (ext_in->asym.sc))
   2556      1.1  christos 	    {
   2557      1.1  christos               if (objfile->sect_index_text == -1)
   2558      1.1  christos                 continue;
   2559      1.1  christos 
   2560      1.1  christos 	      ms_type = mst_file_text;
   2561      1.1  christos 	    }
   2562      1.1  christos 	  else if (SC_IS_DATA (ext_in->asym.sc))
   2563      1.1  christos 	    {
   2564      1.1  christos               if (objfile->sect_index_data == -1)
   2565      1.1  christos                 continue;
   2566      1.1  christos 
   2567      1.1  christos 	      ms_type = mst_file_data;
   2568      1.1  christos 	    }
   2569      1.1  christos 	  else if (SC_IS_BSS (ext_in->asym.sc))
   2570      1.1  christos 	    {
   2571      1.1  christos               if (objfile->sect_index_bss == -1)
   2572      1.1  christos                 continue;
   2573      1.1  christos 
   2574      1.1  christos 	      ms_type = mst_file_bss;
   2575      1.1  christos 	    }
   2576      1.1  christos           else if (SC_IS_SBSS (ext_in->asym.sc))
   2577      1.1  christos             {
   2578      1.1  christos               const int sbss_sect_index = get_section_index (objfile, ".sbss");
   2579      1.1  christos 
   2580      1.1  christos               if (sbss_sect_index == -1)
   2581      1.1  christos                 continue;
   2582      1.1  christos 
   2583      1.1  christos               ms_type = mst_file_bss;
   2584      1.1  christos             }
   2585      1.1  christos 	  else
   2586      1.1  christos 	    ms_type = mst_abs;
   2587      1.1  christos 	  break;
   2588      1.1  christos 	case stLocal:
   2589      1.1  christos 	case stNil:
   2590      1.1  christos 	  /* The alpha has the section start addresses in stLocal symbols
   2591      1.1  christos 	     whose name starts with a `.'.  Skip those but complain for all
   2592      1.1  christos 	     other stLocal symbols.
   2593      1.1  christos 	     Irix6 puts the section start addresses in stNil symbols, skip
   2594      1.1  christos 	     those too.  */
   2595  1.1.1.5  christos 	  if (name[0] == '.')
   2596      1.1  christos 	    continue;
   2597      1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2598      1.1  christos 	default:
   2599      1.1  christos 	  ms_type = mst_unknown;
   2600      1.1  christos 	  unknown_ext_complaint (name);
   2601      1.1  christos 	}
   2602      1.1  christos       if (!ECOFF_IN_ELF (cur_bfd))
   2603      1.1  christos         record_minimal_symbol (reader, name, svalue, ms_type, ext_in->asym.sc,
   2604      1.1  christos                                objfile);
   2605      1.1  christos     }
   2606      1.1  christos 
   2607      1.1  christos   /* Pass 3 over files, over local syms: fill in static symbols.  */
   2608      1.1  christos   for (f_idx = 0; f_idx < hdr->ifdMax; f_idx++)
   2609      1.1  christos     {
   2610      1.1  christos       struct partial_symtab *save_pst;
   2611      1.1  christos       EXTR *ext_ptr;
   2612      1.1  christos       CORE_ADDR textlow;
   2613      1.1  christos 
   2614      1.1  christos       cur_fdr = fh = debug_info->fdr + f_idx;
   2615      1.1  christos 
   2616      1.1  christos       if (fh->csym == 0)
   2617  1.1.1.6  christos 	{
   2618      1.1  christos 	  fdr_to_pst[f_idx].pst = NULL;
   2619      1.1  christos 	  continue;
   2620  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2621      1.1  christos 
   2622  1.1.1.6  christos       /* Determine the start address for this object file from the
   2623  1.1.1.6  christos          file header and relocate it, except for Irix 5.2 zero fh->adr.  */
   2624      1.1  christos       if (fh->cpd)
   2625      1.1  christos 	textlow = fh->adr;
   2626      1.1  christos       else
   2627      1.1  christos 	textlow = 0;
   2628      1.1  christos       pst = start_psymtab_common (objfile,
   2629      1.1  christos 				  fdr_name (fh),
   2630      1.1  christos 				  textlow);
   2631      1.1  christos       pst->read_symtab_private = XOBNEW (&objfile->objfile_obstack, symloc);
   2632      1.1  christos       memset (pst->read_symtab_private, 0, sizeof (struct symloc));
   2633      1.1  christos 
   2634      1.1  christos       save_pst = pst;
   2635      1.1  christos       FDR_IDX (pst) = f_idx;
   2636      1.1  christos       CUR_BFD (pst) = cur_bfd;
   2637      1.1  christos       DEBUG_SWAP (pst) = debug_swap;
   2638      1.1  christos       DEBUG_INFO (pst) = debug_info;
   2639      1.1  christos       PENDING_LIST (pst) = pending_list;
   2640      1.1  christos 
   2641      1.1  christos       /* The way to turn this into a symtab is to call...  */
   2642      1.1  christos       pst->read_symtab = mdebug_read_symtab;
   2643      1.1  christos 
   2644      1.1  christos       /* Set up language for the pst.
   2645      1.1  christos          The language from the FDR is used if it is unambigious (e.g. cfront
   2646      1.1  christos          with native cc and g++ will set the language to C).
   2647      1.1  christos          Otherwise we have to deduce the language from the filename.
   2648      1.1  christos          Native ecoff has every header file in a separate FDR, so
   2649      1.1  christos          deduce_language_from_filename will return language_unknown for
   2650      1.1  christos          a header file, which is not what we want.
   2651      1.1  christos          But the FDRs for the header files are after the FDR for the source
   2652      1.1  christos          file, so we can assign the language of the source file to the
   2653      1.1  christos          following header files.  Then we save the language in the private
   2654      1.1  christos          pst data so that we can reuse it when building symtabs.  */
   2655      1.1  christos       prev_language = psymtab_language;
   2656      1.1  christos 
   2657      1.1  christos       switch (fh->lang)
   2658      1.1  christos 	{
   2659      1.1  christos 	case langCplusplusV2:
   2660      1.1  christos 	  psymtab_language = language_cplus;
   2661      1.1  christos 	  break;
   2662  1.1.1.6  christos 	default:
   2663      1.1  christos 	  psymtab_language = deduce_language_from_filename (fdr_name (fh));
   2664      1.1  christos 	  break;
   2665      1.1  christos 	}
   2666      1.1  christos       if (psymtab_language == language_unknown)
   2667      1.1  christos 	psymtab_language = prev_language;
   2668      1.1  christos       PST_PRIVATE (pst)->pst_language = psymtab_language;
   2669      1.1  christos 
   2670      1.1  christos       pst->set_text_high (pst->raw_text_low ());
   2671      1.1  christos 
   2672      1.1  christos       /* For stabs-in-ecoff files, the second symbol must be @stab.
   2673      1.1  christos          This symbol is emitted by mips-tfile to signal that the
   2674      1.1  christos          current object file uses encapsulated stabs instead of mips
   2675      1.1  christos          ecoff for local symbols.  (It is the second symbol because
   2676      1.1  christos          the first symbol is the stFile used to signal the start of a
   2677      1.1  christos          file).  */
   2678      1.1  christos       processing_gcc_compilation = 0;
   2679      1.1  christos       if (fh->csym >= 2)
   2680      1.1  christos 	{
   2681      1.1  christos 	  (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   2682      1.1  christos 			  ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   2683      1.1  christos 			   + (fh->isymBase + 1) * external_sym_size),
   2684      1.1  christos 			  &sh);
   2685      1.1  christos 	  if (strcmp (debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss,
   2686      1.1  christos 		      stabs_symbol) == 0)
   2687      1.1  christos 	    processing_gcc_compilation = 2;
   2688      1.1  christos 	}
   2689      1.1  christos 
   2690      1.1  christos       if (processing_gcc_compilation != 0)
   2691      1.1  christos 	{
   2692      1.1  christos 	  for (cur_sdx = 2; cur_sdx < fh->csym; cur_sdx++)
   2693      1.1  christos 	    {
   2694      1.1  christos 	      int type_code;
   2695      1.1  christos 	      const char *namestring;
   2696      1.1  christos 
   2697      1.1  christos 	      (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   2698      1.1  christos 			      (((char *) debug_info->external_sym)
   2699      1.1  christos 			    + (fh->isymBase + cur_sdx) * external_sym_size),
   2700      1.1  christos 			      &sh);
   2701      1.1  christos 	      type_code = ECOFF_UNMARK_STAB (sh.index);
   2702      1.1  christos 	      if (!ECOFF_IS_STAB (&sh))
   2703      1.1  christos 		{
   2704  1.1.1.5  christos 		  if (sh.st == stProc || sh.st == stStaticProc)
   2705      1.1  christos 		    {
   2706      1.1  christos 		      CORE_ADDR procaddr;
   2707      1.1  christos 		      long isym;
   2708      1.1  christos 
   2709      1.1  christos 		      if (sh.st == stStaticProc)
   2710      1.1  christos 			{
   2711      1.1  christos 			  namestring = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
   2712      1.1  christos                           record_minimal_symbol (reader, namestring, sh.value,
   2713      1.1  christos                                                  mst_file_text, sh.sc,
   2714      1.1  christos                                                  objfile);
   2715      1.1  christos 			}
   2716      1.1  christos 		      procaddr = sh.value;
   2717      1.1  christos 
   2718      1.1  christos 		      isym = AUX_GET_ISYM (fh->fBigendian,
   2719      1.1  christos 					   (debug_info->external_aux
   2720      1.1  christos 					    + fh->iauxBase
   2721      1.1  christos 					    + sh.index));
   2722      1.1  christos 		      (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   2723      1.1  christos 				      ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   2724      1.1  christos 				       + ((fh->isymBase + isym - 1)
   2725  1.1.1.6  christos 					  * external_sym_size)),
   2726  1.1.1.6  christos 				      &sh);
   2727  1.1.1.6  christos 		      if (sh.st == stEnd)
   2728  1.1.1.6  christos 			{
   2729  1.1.1.6  christos 			  CORE_ADDR high = procaddr + sh.value;
   2730      1.1  christos 
   2731      1.1  christos 			  /* Kludge for Irix 5.2 zero fh->adr.  */
   2732      1.1  christos 			  if (!relocatable
   2733      1.1  christos 			      && (!pst->text_low_valid
   2734      1.1  christos 				  || procaddr < pst->raw_text_low ()))
   2735      1.1  christos 			    pst->set_text_low (procaddr);
   2736      1.1  christos 			  if (high > pst->raw_text_high ())
   2737      1.1  christos 			    pst->set_text_high (high);
   2738      1.1  christos 			}
   2739      1.1  christos 		    }
   2740      1.1  christos 		  else if (sh.st == stStatic)
   2741      1.1  christos 		    {
   2742      1.1  christos 		      switch (sh.sc)
   2743      1.1  christos 			{
   2744      1.1  christos 			case scUndefined:
   2745      1.1  christos 			case scSUndefined:
   2746      1.1  christos 			case scNil:
   2747      1.1  christos 			case scAbs:
   2748  1.1.1.5  christos 			  break;
   2749      1.1  christos 
   2750      1.1  christos 			case scData:
   2751      1.1  christos 			case scSData:
   2752      1.1  christos 			case scRData:
   2753      1.1  christos 			case scPData:
   2754      1.1  christos 			case scXData:
   2755      1.1  christos 			  namestring = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
   2756      1.1  christos                           record_minimal_symbol (reader, namestring, sh.value,
   2757  1.1.1.5  christos                                                  mst_file_data, sh.sc,
   2758      1.1  christos                                                  objfile);
   2759      1.1  christos 			  break;
   2760      1.1  christos 
   2761      1.1  christos 			default:
   2762      1.1  christos 			  /* FIXME!  Shouldn't this use cases for bss,
   2763      1.1  christos 			     then have the default be abs?  */
   2764      1.1  christos 			  namestring = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
   2765      1.1  christos                           record_minimal_symbol (reader, namestring, sh.value,
   2766      1.1  christos                                                  mst_file_bss, sh.sc,
   2767      1.1  christos                                                  objfile);
   2768  1.1.1.6  christos 			  break;
   2769  1.1.1.6  christos 			}
   2770  1.1.1.6  christos 		    }
   2771      1.1  christos 		  continue;
   2772      1.1  christos 		}
   2773      1.1  christos 	      /* Handle stabs continuation.  */
   2774      1.1  christos 	      {
   2775      1.1  christos 		char *stabstring = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
   2776      1.1  christos 		/* If we need to heap-allocate STABSTRING, this owns
   2777      1.1  christos 		   it.  */
   2778      1.1  christos 		gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> stabstring_storage;
   2779      1.1  christos 		int len = strlen (stabstring);
   2780      1.1  christos 
   2781      1.1  christos 		while (stabstring[len - 1] == '\\')
   2782      1.1  christos 		  {
   2783      1.1  christos 		    SYMR sh2;
   2784      1.1  christos 		    char *stabstring1 = stabstring;
   2785      1.1  christos 		    char *stabstring2;
   2786      1.1  christos 		    int len2;
   2787      1.1  christos 
   2788      1.1  christos 		    /* Ignore continuation char from 1st string.  */
   2789      1.1  christos 		    len--;
   2790      1.1  christos 
   2791      1.1  christos 		    /* Read next stabstring.  */
   2792      1.1  christos 		    cur_sdx++;
   2793  1.1.1.6  christos 		    (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   2794  1.1.1.6  christos 				    (((char *) debug_info->external_sym)
   2795  1.1.1.6  christos 				     + (fh->isymBase + cur_sdx)
   2796  1.1.1.6  christos 				     * external_sym_size),
   2797  1.1.1.6  christos 				    &sh2);
   2798  1.1.1.6  christos 		    stabstring2 = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh2.iss;
   2799  1.1.1.6  christos 		    len2 = strlen (stabstring2);
   2800  1.1.1.6  christos 
   2801      1.1  christos 		    /* Concatenate stabstring2 with stabstring1.  */
   2802      1.1  christos 		    if (stabstring_storage != nullptr)
   2803  1.1.1.6  christos 		      {
   2804  1.1.1.6  christos 			stabstring_storage.reset
   2805  1.1.1.6  christos 			  ((char *) xrealloc (stabstring_storage.release (),
   2806      1.1  christos 					      len + len2 + 1));
   2807      1.1  christos 			stabstring = stabstring_storage.get ();
   2808      1.1  christos 		      }
   2809      1.1  christos 		    else
   2810      1.1  christos 		      {
   2811      1.1  christos 			stabstring_storage.reset
   2812      1.1  christos 			  ((char *) xmalloc (len + len2 + 1));
   2813      1.1  christos 			stabstring = stabstring_storage.get ();
   2814  1.1.1.5  christos 			strcpy (stabstring, stabstring1);
   2815      1.1  christos 		      }
   2816      1.1  christos 		    strcpy (stabstring + len, stabstring2);
   2817      1.1  christos 		    len += len2;
   2818      1.1  christos 		  }
   2819      1.1  christos 
   2820      1.1  christos 		switch (type_code)
   2821      1.1  christos 		  {
   2822      1.1  christos 		    const char *p;
   2823      1.1  christos 
   2824      1.1  christos 		    /* Standard, external, non-debugger, symbols.  */
   2825      1.1  christos 
   2826      1.1  christos 		  case N_TEXT | N_EXT:
   2827      1.1  christos 		  case N_NBTEXT | N_EXT:
   2828      1.1  christos 		    goto record_it;
   2829      1.1  christos 
   2830      1.1  christos 		  case N_DATA | N_EXT:
   2831      1.1  christos 		  case N_NBDATA | N_EXT:
   2832      1.1  christos 		    goto record_it;
   2833      1.1  christos 
   2834      1.1  christos 		  case N_BSS:
   2835      1.1  christos 		  case N_BSS | N_EXT:
   2836      1.1  christos 		  case N_NBBSS | N_EXT:
   2837      1.1  christos 		  case N_SETV | N_EXT:		/* FIXME, is this in BSS?  */
   2838      1.1  christos 		    goto record_it;
   2839      1.1  christos 
   2840      1.1  christos 		  case N_ABS | N_EXT:
   2841      1.1  christos 		  record_it:
   2842      1.1  christos 		    continue;
   2843      1.1  christos 
   2844      1.1  christos 		  /* Standard, local, non-debugger, symbols.  */
   2845      1.1  christos 
   2846      1.1  christos 		  case N_NBTEXT:
   2847      1.1  christos 
   2848      1.1  christos 		    /* We need to be able to deal with both N_FN or
   2849      1.1  christos 		       N_TEXT, because we have no way of knowing
   2850      1.1  christos 		       whether the sys-supplied ld or GNU ld was used
   2851      1.1  christos 		       to make the executable.  Sequents throw in
   2852      1.1  christos 		       another wrinkle -- they renumbered N_FN.  */
   2853      1.1  christos 
   2854      1.1  christos 		  case N_FN:
   2855      1.1  christos 		  case N_FN_SEQ:
   2856      1.1  christos 		  case N_TEXT:
   2857      1.1  christos 		    continue;
   2858      1.1  christos 
   2859      1.1  christos 		  case N_DATA:
   2860      1.1  christos 		    goto record_it;
   2861      1.1  christos 
   2862      1.1  christos 		  case N_UNDF | N_EXT:
   2863      1.1  christos 		    continue;		/* Just undefined, not COMMON.  */
   2864      1.1  christos 
   2865      1.1  christos 		  case N_UNDF:
   2866      1.1  christos 		    continue;
   2867      1.1  christos 
   2868      1.1  christos 		    /* Lots of symbol types we can just ignore.  */
   2869      1.1  christos 
   2870      1.1  christos 		  case N_ABS:
   2871      1.1  christos 		  case N_NBDATA:
   2872      1.1  christos 		  case N_NBBSS:
   2873      1.1  christos 		    continue;
   2874      1.1  christos 
   2875      1.1  christos 		    /* Keep going . . .  */
   2876      1.1  christos 
   2877      1.1  christos 		    /*
   2878      1.1  christos 		     * Special symbol types for GNU
   2879      1.1  christos 		     */
   2880      1.1  christos 		  case N_INDR:
   2881      1.1  christos 		  case N_INDR | N_EXT:
   2882      1.1  christos 		  case N_SETA:
   2883      1.1  christos 		  case N_SETA | N_EXT:
   2884      1.1  christos 		  case N_SETT:
   2885      1.1  christos 		  case N_SETT | N_EXT:
   2886      1.1  christos 		  case N_SETD:
   2887      1.1  christos 		  case N_SETD | N_EXT:
   2888      1.1  christos 		  case N_SETB:
   2889      1.1  christos 		  case N_SETB | N_EXT:
   2890      1.1  christos 		  case N_SETV:
   2891      1.1  christos 		    continue;
   2892  1.1.1.6  christos 
   2893      1.1  christos 		    /*
   2894      1.1  christos 		     * Debugger symbols
   2895  1.1.1.4  christos 		     */
   2896      1.1  christos 
   2897      1.1  christos 		  case N_SO:
   2898      1.1  christos 		    {
   2899      1.1  christos 		      static int prev_so_symnum = -10;
   2900  1.1.1.4  christos 		      const char *basename;
   2901      1.1  christos 
   2902      1.1  christos 		      /* A zero value is probably an indication for the
   2903      1.1  christos 			 SunPRO 3.0 compiler.  dbx_end_psymtab explicitly tests
   2904      1.1  christos 			 for zero, so don't relocate it.  */
   2905      1.1  christos 
   2906      1.1  christos 		      if (sh.value == 0
   2907      1.1  christos 			  && gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (gdbarch))
   2908      1.1  christos 			textlow_not_set = 1;
   2909      1.1  christos 		      else
   2910      1.1  christos 			textlow_not_set = 0;
   2911      1.1  christos 
   2912      1.1  christos 		      if (prev_so_symnum != symnum - 1)
   2913      1.1  christos 			{		/* Here if prev stab wasn't N_SO.  */
   2914      1.1  christos 			  if (pst)
   2915      1.1  christos 			    {
   2916      1.1  christos 			      pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
   2917      1.1  christos 			      includes_used = 0;
   2918      1.1  christos 			      dependencies_used = 0;
   2919      1.1  christos 			    }
   2920      1.1  christos 			}
   2921      1.1  christos 
   2922      1.1  christos 		      prev_so_symnum = symnum;
   2923      1.1  christos 
   2924      1.1  christos 		      /* End the current partial symtab and start a
   2925      1.1  christos 			 new one.  */
   2926      1.1  christos 
   2927      1.1  christos 		      /* SET_NAMESTRING ();*/
   2928      1.1  christos 		      namestring = stabstring;
   2929      1.1  christos 
   2930      1.1  christos 		      /* Null name means end of .o file.  Don't start a new
   2931      1.1  christos 			 one.  */
   2932  1.1.1.6  christos 		      if (*namestring == '\000')
   2933  1.1.1.6  christos 			continue;
   2934      1.1  christos 
   2935      1.1  christos 		      /* Some compilers (including gcc) emit a pair of
   2936      1.1  christos 			 initial N_SOs.  The first one is a directory name;
   2937      1.1  christos 			 the second the file name.  If pst exists, is
   2938      1.1  christos 			 empty, and has a filename ending in '/', we assume
   2939      1.1  christos 			 the previous N_SO was a directory name.  */
   2940      1.1  christos 		      basename = lbasename (namestring);
   2941      1.1  christos 		      if (basename != namestring && *basename == '\000')
   2942      1.1  christos 			continue;		/* Simply ignore directory
   2943      1.1  christos 						   name SOs.  */
   2944      1.1  christos 
   2945      1.1  christos 		      /* Some other compilers (C++ ones in particular) emit
   2946      1.1  christos 			 useless SOs for non-existant .c files.  We ignore
   2947      1.1  christos 			 all subsequent SOs that immediately follow the
   2948      1.1  christos 			 first.  */
   2949      1.1  christos 
   2950      1.1  christos 		      if (!pst)
   2951      1.1  christos 			pst = save_pst;
   2952      1.1  christos 		      continue;
   2953      1.1  christos 		    }
   2954      1.1  christos 
   2955      1.1  christos 		  case N_BINCL:
   2956      1.1  christos 		    continue;
   2957      1.1  christos 
   2958      1.1  christos 		  case N_SOL:
   2959      1.1  christos 		    {
   2960      1.1  christos 		      enum language tmp_language;
   2961      1.1  christos 
   2962      1.1  christos 		      /* Mark down an include file in the current psymtab.  */
   2963      1.1  christos 
   2964      1.1  christos 		      /* SET_NAMESTRING (); */
   2965      1.1  christos 		      namestring = stabstring;
   2966      1.1  christos 
   2967      1.1  christos 		      tmp_language
   2968      1.1  christos 			= deduce_language_from_filename (namestring);
   2969      1.1  christos 
   2970      1.1  christos 		      /* Only change the psymtab's language if we've
   2971      1.1  christos 			 learned something useful (eg. tmp_language is not
   2972      1.1  christos 			 language_unknown).  In addition, to match what
   2973      1.1  christos 			 start_subfile does, never change from C++ to
   2974      1.1  christos 			 C.  */
   2975      1.1  christos 		      if (tmp_language != language_unknown
   2976      1.1  christos 			  && (tmp_language != language_c
   2977      1.1  christos 			      || psymtab_language != language_cplus))
   2978      1.1  christos 			psymtab_language = tmp_language;
   2979      1.1  christos 
   2980      1.1  christos 		      /* In C++, one may expect the same filename to come
   2981      1.1  christos 			 round many times, when code is coming alternately
   2982      1.1  christos 			 from the main file and from inline functions in
   2983      1.1  christos 			 other files.  So I check to see if this is a file
   2984      1.1  christos 			 we've seen before -- either the main source file,
   2985      1.1  christos 			 or a previously included file.
   2986      1.1  christos 
   2987      1.1  christos 			 This seems to be a lot of time to be spending on
   2988      1.1  christos 			 N_SOL, but things like "break c-exp.y:435" need to
   2989      1.1  christos 			 work (I suppose the psymtab_include_list could be
   2990      1.1  christos 			 hashed or put in a binary tree, if profiling shows
   2991      1.1  christos 			 this is a major hog).  */
   2992      1.1  christos 		      if (pst && filename_cmp (namestring, pst->filename) == 0)
   2993      1.1  christos 			continue;
   2994      1.1  christos 
   2995      1.1  christos 		      {
   2996      1.1  christos 			int i;
   2997      1.1  christos 
   2998      1.1  christos 			for (i = 0; i < includes_used; i++)
   2999      1.1  christos 			  if (filename_cmp (namestring,
   3000      1.1  christos 					    psymtab_include_list[i]) == 0)
   3001      1.1  christos 			    {
   3002      1.1  christos 			      i = -1;
   3003      1.1  christos 			      break;
   3004      1.1  christos 			    }
   3005      1.1  christos 			if (i == -1)
   3006      1.1  christos 			  continue;
   3007      1.1  christos 		      }
   3008      1.1  christos 
   3009      1.1  christos 		      psymtab_include_list[includes_used++] = namestring;
   3010      1.1  christos 		      if (includes_used >= includes_allocated)
   3011      1.1  christos 			{
   3012      1.1  christos 			  const char **orig = psymtab_include_list;
   3013      1.1  christos 
   3014      1.1  christos 			  psymtab_include_list = (const char **)
   3015      1.1  christos 			    alloca ((includes_allocated *= 2) *
   3016      1.1  christos 				    sizeof (const char *));
   3017      1.1  christos 			  memcpy (psymtab_include_list, orig,
   3018      1.1  christos 				  includes_used * sizeof (const char *));
   3019      1.1  christos 			}
   3020      1.1  christos 		      continue;
   3021      1.1  christos 		    }
   3022      1.1  christos 		  case N_LSYM:	    /* Typedef or automatic variable.  */
   3023      1.1  christos 		  case N_STSYM:	    /* Data seg var -- static  */
   3024      1.1  christos 		  case N_LCSYM:	    /* BSS      "  */
   3025      1.1  christos 		  case N_ROSYM:	    /* Read-only data seg var -- static.  */
   3026      1.1  christos 		  case N_NBSTS:	    /* Gould nobase.  */
   3027      1.1  christos 		  case N_NBLCS:	    /* symbols.  */
   3028      1.1  christos 		  case N_FUN:
   3029      1.1  christos 		  case N_GSYM:	    /* Global (extern) variable; can be
   3030      1.1  christos 				       data or bss (sigh FIXME).  */
   3031      1.1  christos 
   3032      1.1  christos 		    /* Following may probably be ignored; I'll leave them here
   3033      1.1  christos 		       for now (until I do Pascal and Modula 2 extensions).  */
   3034      1.1  christos 
   3035      1.1  christos 		  case N_PC:	    /* I may or may not need this; I
   3036      1.1  christos 				       suspect not.  */
   3037      1.1  christos 		  case N_M2C:	    /* I suspect that I can ignore this
   3038      1.1  christos 				       here.  */
   3039      1.1  christos 		  case N_SCOPE:	    /* Same.  */
   3040      1.1  christos 
   3041      1.1  christos 		    /*    SET_NAMESTRING (); */
   3042      1.1  christos 		    namestring = stabstring;
   3043      1.1  christos 		    p = (char *) strchr (namestring, ':');
   3044      1.1  christos 		    if (!p)
   3045      1.1  christos 		      continue;	    /* Not a debugging symbol.  */
   3046      1.1  christos 
   3047      1.1  christos 
   3048      1.1  christos 
   3049      1.1  christos 		    /* Main processing section for debugging symbols which
   3050      1.1  christos 		       the initial read through the symbol tables needs to
   3051      1.1  christos 		       worry about.  If we reach this point, the symbol
   3052      1.1  christos 		       which we are considering is definitely one we are
   3053      1.1  christos 		       interested in.  p must also contain the (valid)
   3054      1.1  christos 		       index into the namestring which indicates the
   3055      1.1  christos 		       debugging type symbol.  */
   3056      1.1  christos 
   3057      1.1  christos 		    switch (p[1])
   3058  1.1.1.6  christos 		      {
   3059  1.1.1.6  christos 		      case 'S':
   3060  1.1.1.4  christos 			if (gdbarch_static_transform_name_p (gdbarch))
   3061      1.1  christos 			  namestring = gdbarch_static_transform_name
   3062      1.1  christos 					 (gdbarch, namestring);
   3063      1.1  christos 
   3064      1.1  christos 			add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
   3065      1.1  christos 					     VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_STATIC,
   3066      1.1  christos 					     SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile),
   3067      1.1  christos 					     psymbol_placement::STATIC,
   3068      1.1  christos 					     sh.value,
   3069  1.1.1.6  christos 					     psymtab_language, objfile);
   3070  1.1.1.6  christos 			continue;
   3071  1.1.1.4  christos 		      case 'G':
   3072      1.1  christos 			/* The addresses in these entries are reported
   3073      1.1  christos 			   to be wrong.  See the code that reads 'G's
   3074      1.1  christos 			   for symtabs.  */
   3075      1.1  christos 			add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
   3076      1.1  christos 					     VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_STATIC,
   3077      1.1  christos 					     SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile),
   3078      1.1  christos 					     psymbol_placement::GLOBAL,
   3079      1.1  christos 					     sh.value,
   3080      1.1  christos 					     psymtab_language, objfile);
   3081      1.1  christos 			continue;
   3082      1.1  christos 
   3083      1.1  christos 		      case 'T':
   3084      1.1  christos 			/* When a 'T' entry is defining an anonymous enum, it
   3085      1.1  christos 			   may have a name which is the empty string, or a
   3086      1.1  christos 			   single space.  Since they're not really defining a
   3087      1.1  christos 			   symbol, those shouldn't go in the partial symbol
   3088  1.1.1.6  christos 			   table.  We do pick up the elements of such enums at
   3089  1.1.1.6  christos 			   'check_enum:', below.  */
   3090  1.1.1.4  christos 			if (p >= namestring + 2
   3091      1.1  christos 			    || (p == namestring + 1
   3092      1.1  christos 				&& namestring[0] != ' '))
   3093      1.1  christos 			  {
   3094      1.1  christos 			    add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
   3095      1.1  christos 						 STRUCT_DOMAIN, LOC_TYPEDEF,
   3096      1.1  christos 						 -1,
   3097  1.1.1.6  christos 						 psymbol_placement::STATIC,
   3098  1.1.1.6  christos 						 0, psymtab_language, objfile);
   3099  1.1.1.4  christos 			    if (p[2] == 't')
   3100      1.1  christos 			      {
   3101      1.1  christos 				/* Also a typedef with the same name.  */
   3102      1.1  christos 				add_psymbol_to_list (namestring,
   3103      1.1  christos 						     p - namestring, 1,
   3104      1.1  christos 						     VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_TYPEDEF,
   3105      1.1  christos 						     -1,
   3106      1.1  christos 						     psymbol_placement::STATIC,
   3107      1.1  christos 						     0, psymtab_language,
   3108      1.1  christos 						     objfile);
   3109      1.1  christos 				p += 1;
   3110      1.1  christos 			      }
   3111  1.1.1.6  christos 			  }
   3112  1.1.1.6  christos 			goto check_enum;
   3113  1.1.1.4  christos 		      case 't':
   3114      1.1  christos 			if (p != namestring)	/* a name is there, not
   3115      1.1  christos 						   just :T...  */
   3116      1.1  christos 			  {
   3117      1.1  christos 			    add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
   3118      1.1  christos 						 VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_TYPEDEF,
   3119      1.1  christos 						 -1,
   3120      1.1  christos 						 psymbol_placement::STATIC,
   3121      1.1  christos 						 0, psymtab_language, objfile);
   3122      1.1  christos 			  }
   3123      1.1  christos 		      check_enum:
   3124      1.1  christos 			/* If this is an enumerated type, we need to add
   3125      1.1  christos 			   all the enum constants to the partial symbol
   3126      1.1  christos 			   table.  This does not cover enums without names,
   3127      1.1  christos 			   e.g. "enum {a, b} c;" in C, but fortunately
   3128      1.1  christos 			   those are rare.  There is no way for GDB to find
   3129      1.1  christos 			   those from the enum type without spending too
   3130      1.1  christos 			   much time on it.  Thus to solve this problem,
   3131      1.1  christos 			   the compiler needs to put out the enum in a
   3132      1.1  christos 			   nameless type.  GCC2 does this.  */
   3133      1.1  christos 
   3134      1.1  christos 			/* We are looking for something of the form
   3135      1.1  christos 			   <name> ":" ("t" | "T") [<number> "="] "e"
   3136      1.1  christos 			   {<constant> ":" <value> ","} ";".  */
   3137      1.1  christos 
   3138      1.1  christos 			/* Skip over the colon and the 't' or 'T'.  */
   3139      1.1  christos 			p += 2;
   3140      1.1  christos 			/* This type may be given a number.  Also, numbers
   3141      1.1  christos 			   can come in pairs like (0,26).  Skip over it.  */
   3142      1.1  christos 			while ((*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
   3143      1.1  christos 			       || *p == '(' || *p == ',' || *p == ')'
   3144      1.1  christos 			       || *p == '=')
   3145      1.1  christos 			  p++;
   3146      1.1  christos 
   3147      1.1  christos 			if (*p++ == 'e')
   3148      1.1  christos 			  {
   3149      1.1  christos 			    /* The aix4 compiler emits extra crud before
   3150      1.1  christos 			       the members.  */
   3151      1.1  christos 			    if (*p == '-')
   3152      1.1  christos 			      {
   3153      1.1  christos 				/* Skip over the type (?).  */
   3154      1.1  christos 				while (*p != ':')
   3155      1.1  christos 				  p++;
   3156      1.1  christos 
   3157      1.1  christos 				/* Skip over the colon.  */
   3158      1.1  christos 				p++;
   3159      1.1  christos 			      }
   3160  1.1.1.5  christos 
   3161      1.1  christos 			    /* We have found an enumerated type.  */
   3162      1.1  christos 			    /* According to comments in read_enum_type
   3163      1.1  christos 			       a comma could end it instead of a semicolon.
   3164      1.1  christos 			       I don't know where that happens.
   3165      1.1  christos 			       Accept either.  */
   3166      1.1  christos 			    while (*p && *p != ';' && *p != ',')
   3167      1.1  christos 			      {
   3168      1.1  christos 				const char *q;
   3169      1.1  christos 
   3170      1.1  christos 				/* Check for and handle cretinous dbx
   3171      1.1  christos 				   symbol name continuation!  */
   3172      1.1  christos 				if (*p == '\\' || (*p == '?' && p[1] == '\0'))
   3173      1.1  christos 				  p = next_symbol_text (objfile);
   3174      1.1  christos 
   3175      1.1  christos 				/* Point to the character after the name
   3176  1.1.1.6  christos 				   of the enum constant.  */
   3177  1.1.1.6  christos 				for (q = p; *q && *q != ':'; q++)
   3178  1.1.1.4  christos 				  ;
   3179      1.1  christos 				/* Note that the value doesn't matter for
   3180      1.1  christos 				   enum constants in psymtabs, just in
   3181      1.1  christos 				   symtabs.  */
   3182      1.1  christos 				add_psymbol_to_list (p, q - p, 1,
   3183      1.1  christos 						     VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_CONST,
   3184      1.1  christos 						     -1,
   3185      1.1  christos 						     psymbol_placement::STATIC,
   3186      1.1  christos 						     0, psymtab_language,
   3187      1.1  christos 						     objfile);
   3188      1.1  christos 				/* Point past the name.  */
   3189      1.1  christos 				p = q;
   3190      1.1  christos 				/* Skip over the value.  */
   3191      1.1  christos 				while (*p && *p != ',')
   3192      1.1  christos 				  p++;
   3193      1.1  christos 				/* Advance past the comma.  */
   3194  1.1.1.6  christos 				if (*p)
   3195  1.1.1.6  christos 				  p++;
   3196  1.1.1.4  christos 			      }
   3197      1.1  christos 			  }
   3198      1.1  christos 			continue;
   3199      1.1  christos 		      case 'c':
   3200      1.1  christos 			/* Constant, e.g. from "const" in Pascal.  */
   3201      1.1  christos 			add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
   3202  1.1.1.6  christos 					     VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_CONST, -1,
   3203  1.1.1.6  christos 					     psymbol_placement::STATIC,
   3204  1.1.1.6  christos 					     0, psymtab_language, objfile);
   3205      1.1  christos 			continue;
   3206      1.1  christos 
   3207      1.1  christos 		      case 'f':
   3208  1.1.1.6  christos 			if (! pst)
   3209  1.1.1.6  christos 			  {
   3210  1.1.1.4  christos 			    std::string copy (namestring, p);
   3211      1.1  christos 			    function_outside_compilation_unit_complaint
   3212      1.1  christos 			      (copy.c_str ());
   3213      1.1  christos 			  }
   3214      1.1  christos 			add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
   3215      1.1  christos 					     VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK,
   3216      1.1  christos 					     SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile),
   3217      1.1  christos 					     psymbol_placement::STATIC,
   3218      1.1  christos 					     sh.value,
   3219      1.1  christos 					     psymtab_language, objfile);
   3220      1.1  christos 			continue;
   3221  1.1.1.6  christos 
   3222  1.1.1.6  christos 			/* Global functions were ignored here, but now they
   3223  1.1.1.6  christos 			   are put into the global psymtab like one would
   3224      1.1  christos 			   expect.  They're also in the minimal symbol
   3225      1.1  christos 			   table.  */
   3226      1.1  christos 		      case 'F':
   3227  1.1.1.6  christos 			if (! pst)
   3228  1.1.1.6  christos 			  {
   3229  1.1.1.4  christos 			    std::string copy (namestring, p);
   3230      1.1  christos 			    function_outside_compilation_unit_complaint
   3231      1.1  christos 			      (copy.c_str ());
   3232      1.1  christos 			  }
   3233      1.1  christos 			add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
   3234      1.1  christos 					     VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK,
   3235      1.1  christos 					     SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile),
   3236      1.1  christos 					     psymbol_placement::GLOBAL,
   3237      1.1  christos 					     sh.value,
   3238      1.1  christos 					     psymtab_language, objfile);
   3239      1.1  christos 			continue;
   3240      1.1  christos 
   3241      1.1  christos 			/* Two things show up here (hopefully); static
   3242      1.1  christos 			   symbols of local scope (static used inside
   3243      1.1  christos 			   braces) or extensions of structure symbols.  We
   3244      1.1  christos 			   can ignore both.  */
   3245      1.1  christos 		      case 'V':
   3246      1.1  christos 		      case '(':
   3247      1.1  christos 		      case '0':
   3248      1.1  christos 		      case '1':
   3249      1.1  christos 		      case '2':
   3250      1.1  christos 		      case '3':
   3251      1.1  christos 		      case '4':
   3252      1.1  christos 		      case '5':
   3253      1.1  christos 		      case '6':
   3254      1.1  christos 		      case '7':
   3255      1.1  christos 		      case '8':
   3256      1.1  christos 		      case '9':
   3257      1.1  christos 		      case '-':
   3258      1.1  christos 		      case '#':		/* For symbol identification (used
   3259      1.1  christos 					   in live ranges).  */
   3260      1.1  christos 			continue;
   3261      1.1  christos 
   3262      1.1  christos 		      case ':':
   3263      1.1  christos 			/* It is a C++ nested symbol.  We don't need to
   3264      1.1  christos 			   record it (I don't think); if we try to look up
   3265      1.1  christos 			   foo::bar::baz, then symbols for the symtab
   3266      1.1  christos 			   containing foo should get read in, I think.  */
   3267      1.1  christos 			/* Someone says sun cc puts out symbols like
   3268      1.1  christos 			   /foo/baz/maclib::/usr/local/bin/maclib,
   3269      1.1  christos 			   which would get here with a symbol type of ':'.  */
   3270      1.1  christos 			continue;
   3271      1.1  christos 
   3272      1.1  christos 		      default:
   3273  1.1.1.6  christos 			/* Unexpected symbol descriptor.  The second and
   3274      1.1  christos 			   subsequent stabs of a continued stab can show up
   3275      1.1  christos 			   here.  The question is whether they ever can
   3276      1.1  christos 			   mimic a normal stab--it would be nice if not,
   3277      1.1  christos 			   since we certainly don't want to spend the time
   3278      1.1  christos 			   searching to the end of every string looking for
   3279      1.1  christos 			   a backslash.  */
   3280      1.1  christos 
   3281      1.1  christos 			complaint (_("unknown symbol descriptor `%c'"), p[1]);
   3282      1.1  christos 
   3283      1.1  christos 			/* Ignore it; perhaps it is an extension that we don't
   3284      1.1  christos 			   know about.  */
   3285  1.1.1.6  christos 			continue;
   3286  1.1.1.6  christos 		      }
   3287  1.1.1.6  christos 
   3288      1.1  christos 		  case N_EXCL:
   3289      1.1  christos 		    continue;
   3290      1.1  christos 
   3291      1.1  christos 		  case N_ENDM:
   3292      1.1  christos 		    /* Solaris 2 end of module, finish current partial
   3293      1.1  christos 		       symbol table.  dbx_end_psymtab will set the
   3294      1.1  christos 		       high text address of PST to the proper value,
   3295      1.1  christos 		       which is necessary if a module compiled without
   3296      1.1  christos 		       debugging info follows this module.  */
   3297      1.1  christos 		    if (pst
   3298      1.1  christos 			&& gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (gdbarch))
   3299  1.1.1.6  christos 		      {
   3300  1.1.1.6  christos 			pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
   3301      1.1  christos 			includes_used = 0;
   3302      1.1  christos 			dependencies_used = 0;
   3303      1.1  christos 		      }
   3304      1.1  christos 		    continue;
   3305      1.1  christos 
   3306      1.1  christos 		  case N_RBRAC:
   3307      1.1  christos 		    if (sh.value > save_pst->raw_text_high ())
   3308      1.1  christos 		      save_pst->set_text_high (sh.value);
   3309      1.1  christos 		    continue;
   3310      1.1  christos 		  case N_EINCL:
   3311      1.1  christos 		  case N_DSLINE:
   3312      1.1  christos 		  case N_BSLINE:
   3313      1.1  christos 		  case N_SSYM:		/* Claim: Structure or union
   3314      1.1  christos 					   element.  Hopefully, I can
   3315      1.1  christos 					   ignore this.  */
   3316      1.1  christos 		  case N_ENTRY:		/* Alternate entry point; can
   3317      1.1  christos 					   ignore.  */
   3318      1.1  christos 		  case N_MAIN:		/* Can definitely ignore this.   */
   3319      1.1  christos 		  case N_CATCH:		/* These are GNU C++ extensions.  */
   3320      1.1  christos 		  case N_EHDECL:	/* that can safely be ignored here.  */
   3321      1.1  christos 		  case N_LENG:
   3322      1.1  christos 		  case N_BCOMM:
   3323      1.1  christos 		  case N_ECOMM:
   3324      1.1  christos 		  case N_ECOML:
   3325      1.1  christos 		  case N_FNAME:
   3326      1.1  christos 		  case N_SLINE:
   3327      1.1  christos 		  case N_RSYM:
   3328      1.1  christos 		  case N_PSYM:
   3329      1.1  christos 		  case N_LBRAC:
   3330      1.1  christos 		  case N_NSYMS:		/* Ultrix 4.0: symbol count */
   3331      1.1  christos 		  case N_DEFD:			/* GNU Modula-2 */
   3332      1.1  christos 		  case N_ALIAS:		/* SunPro F77: alias name, ignore
   3333      1.1  christos 					   for now.  */
   3334      1.1  christos 
   3335      1.1  christos 		  case N_OBJ:		/* Useless types from Solaris.  */
   3336      1.1  christos 		  case N_OPT:
   3337  1.1.1.6  christos 		    /* These symbols aren't interesting; don't worry about
   3338      1.1  christos 		       them.  */
   3339      1.1  christos 
   3340      1.1  christos 		    continue;
   3341      1.1  christos 
   3342      1.1  christos 		  default:
   3343      1.1  christos 		    /* If we haven't found it yet, ignore it.  It's
   3344      1.1  christos 		       probably some new type we don't know about yet.  */
   3345      1.1  christos 		    complaint (_("unknown symbol type %s"),
   3346      1.1  christos 			       hex_string (type_code)); /* CUR_SYMBOL_TYPE */
   3347      1.1  christos 		    continue;
   3348      1.1  christos 		  }
   3349  1.1.1.6  christos 	      }
   3350  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* end - Handle continuation */
   3351  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3352  1.1.1.6  christos 	}
   3353      1.1  christos       else
   3354      1.1  christos 	{
   3355      1.1  christos 	  for (cur_sdx = 0; cur_sdx < fh->csym;)
   3356      1.1  christos 	    {
   3357      1.1  christos 	      char *sym_name;
   3358      1.1  christos 	      enum address_class theclass;
   3359      1.1  christos 	      CORE_ADDR minsym_value;
   3360      1.1  christos 	      short section = -1;
   3361      1.1  christos 
   3362      1.1  christos 	      (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   3363      1.1  christos 			      ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   3364      1.1  christos 			       + ((fh->isymBase + cur_sdx)
   3365      1.1  christos 				  * external_sym_size)),
   3366      1.1  christos 			      &sh);
   3367      1.1  christos 
   3368      1.1  christos 	      if (ECOFF_IS_STAB (&sh))
   3369      1.1  christos 		{
   3370      1.1  christos 		  cur_sdx++;
   3371      1.1  christos 		  continue;
   3372      1.1  christos 		}
   3373      1.1  christos 
   3374      1.1  christos 	      /* Non absolute static symbols go into the minimal table.  */
   3375      1.1  christos 	      if (SC_IS_UNDEF (sh.sc) || sh.sc == scNil
   3376  1.1.1.6  christos 		  || (sh.index == indexNil
   3377      1.1  christos 		      && (sh.st != stStatic || sh.sc == scAbs)))
   3378  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   3379  1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* FIXME, premature?  */
   3380      1.1  christos 		  cur_sdx++;
   3381      1.1  christos 		  continue;
   3382      1.1  christos 		}
   3383      1.1  christos 
   3384      1.1  christos 	      sym_name = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
   3385      1.1  christos 
   3386      1.1  christos 	      minsym_value = sh.value;
   3387  1.1.1.6  christos 
   3388      1.1  christos 	      switch (sh.sc)
   3389      1.1  christos 		{
   3390      1.1  christos 		case scText:
   3391      1.1  christos 		case scRConst:
   3392      1.1  christos 		  /* The value of a stEnd symbol is the displacement from the
   3393      1.1  christos 		     corresponding start symbol value, do not relocate it.  */
   3394  1.1.1.6  christos 		  if (sh.st != stEnd)
   3395      1.1  christos 		    section = SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile);
   3396      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3397      1.1  christos 		case scData:
   3398  1.1.1.6  christos 		case scSData:
   3399      1.1  christos 		case scRData:
   3400      1.1  christos 		case scPData:
   3401      1.1  christos 		case scXData:
   3402      1.1  christos 		  section = SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile);
   3403      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3404      1.1  christos 		case scBss:
   3405      1.1  christos 		case scSBss:
   3406      1.1  christos 		  section = SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile);
   3407      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3408      1.1  christos 		}
   3409  1.1.1.6  christos 
   3410  1.1.1.5  christos 	      switch (sh.st)
   3411  1.1.1.5  christos 		{
   3412      1.1  christos 		  CORE_ADDR high;
   3413      1.1  christos 		  CORE_ADDR procaddr;
   3414      1.1  christos 		  int new_sdx;
   3415      1.1  christos 
   3416      1.1  christos 		case stStaticProc:
   3417      1.1  christos 		  reader.record_with_info (sym_name, minsym_value,
   3418      1.1  christos 					   mst_file_text,
   3419      1.1  christos 					   SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
   3420      1.1  christos 
   3421  1.1.1.6  christos 		  /* FALLTHROUGH */
   3422      1.1  christos 
   3423      1.1  christos 		case stProc:
   3424      1.1  christos 		  /* Ignore all parameter symbol records.  */
   3425      1.1  christos 		  if (sh.index >= hdr->iauxMax)
   3426      1.1  christos 		    {
   3427      1.1  christos 		      /* Should not happen, but does when cross-compiling
   3428      1.1  christos 		         with the MIPS compiler.  FIXME -- pull later.  */
   3429      1.1  christos 		      index_complaint (sym_name);
   3430      1.1  christos 		      new_sdx = cur_sdx + 1;	/* Don't skip at all.  */
   3431      1.1  christos 		    }
   3432      1.1  christos 		  else
   3433  1.1.1.6  christos 		    new_sdx = AUX_GET_ISYM (fh->fBigendian,
   3434  1.1.1.6  christos 					    (debug_info->external_aux
   3435      1.1  christos 					     + fh->iauxBase
   3436      1.1  christos 					     + sh.index));
   3437      1.1  christos 
   3438      1.1  christos 		  if (new_sdx <= cur_sdx)
   3439      1.1  christos 		    {
   3440      1.1  christos 		      /* This should not happen either... FIXME.  */
   3441      1.1  christos 		      complaint (_("bad proc end in aux found from symbol %s"),
   3442      1.1  christos 				 sym_name);
   3443      1.1  christos 		      new_sdx = cur_sdx + 1;	/* Don't skip backward.  */
   3444      1.1  christos 		    }
   3445      1.1  christos 
   3446      1.1  christos                   /* For stProc symbol records, we need to check the
   3447      1.1  christos                      storage class as well, as only (stProc, scText)
   3448      1.1  christos                      entries represent "real" procedures - See the
   3449      1.1  christos                      Compaq document titled "Object File / Symbol Table
   3450      1.1  christos                      Format Specification" for more information.  If the
   3451      1.1  christos                      storage class is not scText, we discard the whole
   3452      1.1  christos                      block of symbol records for this stProc.  */
   3453      1.1  christos                   if (sh.st == stProc && sh.sc != scText)
   3454      1.1  christos                     goto skip;
   3455      1.1  christos 
   3456      1.1  christos 		  /* Usually there is a local and a global stProc symbol
   3457      1.1  christos 		     for a function.  This means that the function name
   3458      1.1  christos 		     has already been entered into the mimimal symbol table
   3459      1.1  christos 		     while processing the global symbols in pass 2 above.
   3460  1.1.1.6  christos 		     One notable exception is the PROGRAM name from
   3461      1.1  christos 		     f77 compiled executables, it is only put out as
   3462  1.1.1.6  christos 		     local stProc symbol, and a global MAIN__ stProc symbol
   3463  1.1.1.6  christos 		     points to it.  It doesn't matter though, as gdb is
   3464  1.1.1.4  christos 		     still able to find the PROGRAM name via the partial
   3465      1.1  christos 		     symbol table, and the MAIN__ symbol via the minimal
   3466  1.1.1.6  christos 		     symbol table.  */
   3467      1.1  christos 		  if (sh.st == stProc)
   3468  1.1.1.6  christos 		    add_psymbol_to_list (sym_name, strlen (sym_name), 1,
   3469  1.1.1.6  christos 					 VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK,
   3470  1.1.1.4  christos 					 section,
   3471      1.1  christos 					 psymbol_placement::GLOBAL,
   3472      1.1  christos 					 sh.value, psymtab_language, objfile);
   3473      1.1  christos 		  else
   3474      1.1  christos 		    add_psymbol_to_list (sym_name, strlen (sym_name), 1,
   3475      1.1  christos 					 VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK,
   3476      1.1  christos 					 section,
   3477      1.1  christos 					 psymbol_placement::STATIC,
   3478      1.1  christos 					 sh.value, psymtab_language, objfile);
   3479      1.1  christos 
   3480      1.1  christos 		  procaddr = sh.value;
   3481      1.1  christos 
   3482      1.1  christos 		  cur_sdx = new_sdx;
   3483      1.1  christos 		  (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   3484      1.1  christos 				  ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   3485  1.1.1.6  christos 				   + ((fh->isymBase + cur_sdx - 1)
   3486  1.1.1.6  christos 				      * external_sym_size)),
   3487  1.1.1.6  christos 				  &sh);
   3488      1.1  christos 		  if (sh.st != stEnd)
   3489      1.1  christos 		    continue;
   3490  1.1.1.6  christos 
   3491  1.1.1.6  christos 		  /* Kludge for Irix 5.2 zero fh->adr.  */
   3492      1.1  christos 		  if (!relocatable
   3493      1.1  christos 		      && (!pst->text_low_valid
   3494      1.1  christos 			  || procaddr < pst->raw_text_low ()))
   3495      1.1  christos 		    pst->set_text_low (procaddr);
   3496  1.1.1.6  christos 
   3497  1.1.1.5  christos 		  high = procaddr + sh.value;
   3498  1.1.1.5  christos 		  if (high > pst->raw_text_high ())
   3499      1.1  christos 		    pst->set_text_high (high);
   3500  1.1.1.6  christos 		  continue;
   3501  1.1.1.5  christos 
   3502  1.1.1.5  christos 		case stStatic:	/* Variable */
   3503  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (SC_IS_DATA (sh.sc))
   3504      1.1  christos 		    reader.record_with_info (sym_name, minsym_value,
   3505      1.1  christos 					     mst_file_data,
   3506      1.1  christos 					     SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
   3507      1.1  christos 		  else
   3508      1.1  christos 		    reader.record_with_info (sym_name, minsym_value,
   3509      1.1  christos 					     mst_file_bss,
   3510      1.1  christos 					     SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile));
   3511      1.1  christos 		  theclass = LOC_STATIC;
   3512      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3513      1.1  christos 
   3514      1.1  christos 		case stIndirect:	/* Irix5 forward declaration */
   3515  1.1.1.3  christos 		  /* Skip forward declarations from Irix5 cc.  */
   3516      1.1  christos 		  goto skip;
   3517      1.1  christos 
   3518      1.1  christos 		case stTypedef:	/* Typedef */
   3519  1.1.1.3  christos 		  /* Skip typedefs for forward declarations and opaque
   3520      1.1  christos 		     structs from alpha and mips cc.  */
   3521      1.1  christos 		  if (sh.iss == 0 || has_opaque_xref (fh, &sh))
   3522      1.1  christos 		    goto skip;
   3523      1.1  christos 		  theclass = LOC_TYPEDEF;
   3524      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3525      1.1  christos 
   3526      1.1  christos 		case stConstant:	/* Constant decl */
   3527      1.1  christos 		  theclass = LOC_CONST;
   3528      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3529      1.1  christos 
   3530      1.1  christos 		case stUnion:
   3531      1.1  christos 		case stStruct:
   3532      1.1  christos 		case stEnum:
   3533  1.1.1.6  christos 		case stBlock:	/* { }, str, un, enum */
   3534  1.1.1.6  christos 		  /* Do not create a partial symbol for cc unnamed aggregates
   3535  1.1.1.6  christos 		     and gcc empty aggregates.  */
   3536  1.1.1.4  christos 		  if ((sh.sc == scInfo
   3537      1.1  christos 		       || SC_IS_COMMON (sh.sc))
   3538      1.1  christos 		      && sh.iss != 0
   3539      1.1  christos 		      && sh.index != cur_sdx + 2)
   3540      1.1  christos 		    {
   3541      1.1  christos 		      add_psymbol_to_list (sym_name, strlen (sym_name), 1,
   3542      1.1  christos 					   STRUCT_DOMAIN, LOC_TYPEDEF, -1,
   3543      1.1  christos 					   psymbol_placement::STATIC,
   3544      1.1  christos 					   0, psymtab_language, objfile);
   3545  1.1.1.6  christos 		    }
   3546  1.1.1.6  christos 		  handle_psymbol_enumerators (objfile, fh, sh.st, sh.value);
   3547      1.1  christos 
   3548      1.1  christos 		  /* Skip over the block.  */
   3549      1.1  christos 		  new_sdx = sh.index;
   3550      1.1  christos 		  if (new_sdx <= cur_sdx)
   3551      1.1  christos 		    {
   3552      1.1  christos 		      /* This happens with the Ultrix kernel.  */
   3553      1.1  christos 		      complaint (_("bad aux index at block symbol %s"),
   3554      1.1  christos 				 sym_name);
   3555      1.1  christos 		      new_sdx = cur_sdx + 1;	/* Don't skip backward.  */
   3556      1.1  christos 		    }
   3557      1.1  christos 		  cur_sdx = new_sdx;
   3558      1.1  christos 		  continue;
   3559      1.1  christos 
   3560      1.1  christos 		case stFile:	/* File headers */
   3561      1.1  christos 		case stLabel:	/* Labels */
   3562      1.1  christos 		case stEnd:	/* Ends of files */
   3563      1.1  christos 		  goto skip;
   3564  1.1.1.6  christos 
   3565      1.1  christos 		case stLocal:	/* Local variables */
   3566  1.1.1.6  christos 		  /* Normally these are skipped because we skip over
   3567  1.1.1.6  christos 		     all blocks we see.  However, these can occur
   3568  1.1.1.6  christos 		     as visible symbols in a .h file that contains code.  */
   3569      1.1  christos 		  goto skip;
   3570      1.1  christos 
   3571      1.1  christos 		default:
   3572      1.1  christos 		  /* Both complaints are valid:  one gives symbol sym_name,
   3573  1.1.1.6  christos 		     the other the offending symbol type.  */
   3574  1.1.1.6  christos 		  complaint (_("unknown local symbol %s"),
   3575  1.1.1.6  christos 			     sym_name);
   3576  1.1.1.4  christos 		  complaint (_("with type %d"), sh.st);
   3577      1.1  christos 		  cur_sdx++;
   3578      1.1  christos 		  continue;
   3579      1.1  christos 		}
   3580      1.1  christos 	      /* Use this gdb symbol.  */
   3581      1.1  christos 	      add_psymbol_to_list (sym_name, strlen (sym_name), 1,
   3582      1.1  christos 				   VAR_DOMAIN, theclass, section,
   3583      1.1  christos 				   psymbol_placement::STATIC,
   3584      1.1  christos 				   sh.value, psymtab_language, objfile);
   3585      1.1  christos 	    skip:
   3586      1.1  christos 	      cur_sdx++;	/* Go to next file symbol.  */
   3587      1.1  christos 	    }
   3588  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3589      1.1  christos 	  /* Now do enter the external symbols.  */
   3590      1.1  christos 	  ext_ptr = &extern_tab[fdr_to_pst[f_idx].globals_offset];
   3591  1.1.1.6  christos 	  cur_sdx = fdr_to_pst[f_idx].n_globals;
   3592      1.1  christos 	  PST_PRIVATE (save_pst)->extern_count = cur_sdx;
   3593      1.1  christos 	  PST_PRIVATE (save_pst)->extern_tab = ext_ptr;
   3594      1.1  christos 	  for (; --cur_sdx >= 0; ext_ptr++)
   3595      1.1  christos 	    {
   3596      1.1  christos 	      enum address_class theclass;
   3597      1.1  christos 	      SYMR *psh;
   3598      1.1  christos 	      CORE_ADDR svalue;
   3599      1.1  christos 	      short section;
   3600      1.1  christos 
   3601      1.1  christos 	      if (ext_ptr->ifd != f_idx)
   3602      1.1  christos 		internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
   3603      1.1  christos 				_("failed internal consistency check"));
   3604      1.1  christos 	      psh = &ext_ptr->asym;
   3605  1.1.1.6  christos 
   3606      1.1  christos 	      /* Do not add undefined symbols to the partial symbol table.  */
   3607      1.1  christos 	      if (SC_IS_UNDEF (psh->sc) || psh->sc == scNil)
   3608  1.1.1.6  christos 		continue;
   3609      1.1  christos 
   3610      1.1  christos 	      svalue = psh->value;
   3611      1.1  christos 	      switch (psh->sc)
   3612      1.1  christos 		{
   3613      1.1  christos 		default:
   3614      1.1  christos 		case scText:
   3615  1.1.1.6  christos 		case scRConst:
   3616      1.1  christos 		  section = SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile);
   3617      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3618      1.1  christos 		case scData:
   3619  1.1.1.6  christos 		case scSData:
   3620      1.1  christos 		case scRData:
   3621      1.1  christos 		case scPData:
   3622      1.1  christos 		case scXData:
   3623      1.1  christos 		  section = SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile);
   3624      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3625      1.1  christos 		case scBss:
   3626      1.1  christos 		case scSBss:
   3627      1.1  christos 		  section = SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile);
   3628      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3629      1.1  christos 		}
   3630      1.1  christos 
   3631      1.1  christos 	      switch (psh->st)
   3632      1.1  christos 		{
   3633      1.1  christos 		case stNil:
   3634      1.1  christos 		  /* These are generated for static symbols in .o files,
   3635      1.1  christos 		     ignore them.  */
   3636  1.1.1.3  christos 		  continue;
   3637      1.1  christos 		case stProc:
   3638      1.1  christos 		case stStaticProc:
   3639      1.1  christos 		  /* External procedure symbols have been entered
   3640  1.1.1.6  christos 		     into the minimal symbol table in pass 2 above.
   3641  1.1.1.6  christos 		     Ignore them, as parse_external will ignore them too.  */
   3642      1.1  christos 		  continue;
   3643      1.1  christos 		case stLabel:
   3644      1.1  christos 		  theclass = LOC_LABEL;
   3645      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3646      1.1  christos 		default:
   3647      1.1  christos 		  unknown_ext_complaint (debug_info->ssext + psh->iss);
   3648  1.1.1.3  christos 		  /* Pretend it's global.  */
   3649      1.1  christos 		  /* Fall through.  */
   3650      1.1  christos 		case stGlobal:
   3651  1.1.1.6  christos 		  /* Global common symbols are resolved by the runtime loader,
   3652  1.1.1.6  christos 		     ignore them.  */
   3653  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (SC_IS_COMMON (psh->sc))
   3654  1.1.1.6  christos 		    continue;
   3655  1.1.1.6  christos 
   3656  1.1.1.4  christos 		  theclass = LOC_STATIC;
   3657      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3658      1.1  christos 		}
   3659      1.1  christos 	      char *sym_name = debug_info->ssext + psh->iss;
   3660  1.1.1.4  christos 	      add_psymbol_to_list (sym_name, strlen (sym_name), 1,
   3661      1.1  christos 				   VAR_DOMAIN, theclass,
   3662  1.1.1.4  christos 				   section,
   3663  1.1.1.4  christos 				   psymbol_placement::GLOBAL,
   3664  1.1.1.4  christos 				   svalue, psymtab_language, objfile);
   3665  1.1.1.6  christos 	    }
   3666  1.1.1.4  christos 	}
   3667  1.1.1.4  christos 
   3668      1.1  christos       /* Link pst to FDR.  dbx_end_psymtab returns NULL if the psymtab was
   3669      1.1  christos          empty and put on the free list.  */
   3670      1.1  christos       fdr_to_pst[f_idx].pst
   3671      1.1  christos 	= dbx_end_psymtab (objfile, save_pst,
   3672      1.1  christos 			   psymtab_include_list, includes_used,
   3673      1.1  christos 			   -1, save_pst->raw_text_high (),
   3674      1.1  christos 			   dependency_list, dependencies_used,
   3675      1.1  christos 			   textlow_not_set);
   3676      1.1  christos       includes_used = 0;
   3677      1.1  christos       dependencies_used = 0;
   3678      1.1  christos 
   3679      1.1  christos       /* The objfile has its functions reordered if this partial symbol
   3680      1.1  christos          table overlaps any other partial symbol table.
   3681      1.1  christos          We cannot assume a reordered objfile if a partial symbol table
   3682      1.1  christos          is contained within another partial symbol table, as partial symbol
   3683      1.1  christos          tables for include files with executable code are contained
   3684  1.1.1.6  christos          within the partial symbol table for the including source file,
   3685      1.1  christos          and we do not want to flag the objfile reordered for these cases.
   3686      1.1  christos 
   3687  1.1.1.6  christos          This strategy works well for Irix-5.2 shared libraries, but we
   3688  1.1.1.6  christos          might have to use a more elaborate (and slower) algorithm for
   3689  1.1.1.6  christos          other cases.  */
   3690  1.1.1.6  christos       save_pst = fdr_to_pst[f_idx].pst;
   3691  1.1.1.6  christos       if (save_pst != NULL
   3692  1.1.1.6  christos 	  && save_pst->text_low_valid
   3693  1.1.1.6  christos 	  && !(objfile->flags & OBJF_REORDERED))
   3694  1.1.1.6  christos 	{
   3695  1.1.1.6  christos 	  for (partial_symtab *iter : objfile->psymtabs ())
   3696  1.1.1.6  christos 	    {
   3697  1.1.1.6  christos 	      if (save_pst != iter
   3698      1.1  christos 		  && save_pst->raw_text_low () >= iter->raw_text_low ()
   3699      1.1  christos 		  && save_pst->raw_text_low () < iter->raw_text_high ()
   3700      1.1  christos 		  && save_pst->raw_text_high () > iter->raw_text_high ())
   3701      1.1  christos 		{
   3702      1.1  christos 		  objfile->flags |= OBJF_REORDERED;
   3703      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3704      1.1  christos 		}
   3705      1.1  christos 	    }
   3706      1.1  christos 	}
   3707      1.1  christos     }
   3708      1.1  christos 
   3709      1.1  christos   /* Now scan the FDRs for dependencies.  */
   3710      1.1  christos   for (f_idx = 0; f_idx < hdr->ifdMax; f_idx++)
   3711      1.1  christos     {
   3712      1.1  christos       fh = f_idx + debug_info->fdr;
   3713      1.1  christos       pst = fdr_to_pst[f_idx].pst;
   3714      1.1  christos 
   3715      1.1  christos       if (pst == (struct partial_symtab *) NULL)
   3716      1.1  christos 	continue;
   3717  1.1.1.6  christos 
   3718  1.1.1.6  christos       /* This should catch stabs-in-ecoff.  */
   3719      1.1  christos       if (fh->crfd <= 1)
   3720      1.1  christos 	continue;
   3721      1.1  christos 
   3722      1.1  christos       /* Skip the first file indirect entry as it is a self dependency for
   3723      1.1  christos          source files or a reverse .h -> .c dependency for header files.  */
   3724      1.1  christos       pst->number_of_dependencies = 0;
   3725      1.1  christos       pst->dependencies
   3726      1.1  christos 	= objfile->partial_symtabs->allocate_dependencies (fh->crfd - 1);
   3727      1.1  christos       for (s_idx = 1; s_idx < fh->crfd; s_idx++)
   3728      1.1  christos 	{
   3729  1.1.1.6  christos 	  RFDT rh;
   3730      1.1  christos 
   3731      1.1  christos 	  (*swap_rfd_in) (cur_bfd,
   3732      1.1  christos 			  ((char *) debug_info->external_rfd
   3733      1.1  christos 			   + (fh->rfdBase + s_idx) * external_rfd_size),
   3734      1.1  christos 			  &rh);
   3735      1.1  christos 	  if (rh < 0 || rh >= hdr->ifdMax)
   3736      1.1  christos 	    {
   3737      1.1  christos 	      complaint (_("bad file number %ld"), rh);
   3738      1.1  christos 	      continue;
   3739      1.1  christos 	    }
   3740      1.1  christos 
   3741      1.1  christos 	  /* Skip self dependencies of header files.  */
   3742      1.1  christos 	  if (rh == f_idx)
   3743      1.1  christos 	    continue;
   3744      1.1  christos 
   3745      1.1  christos 	  /* Do not add to dependeny list if psymtab was empty.  */
   3746      1.1  christos 	  if (fdr_to_pst[rh].pst == (struct partial_symtab *) NULL)
   3747  1.1.1.6  christos 	    continue;
   3748  1.1.1.6  christos 	  pst->dependencies[pst->number_of_dependencies++]
   3749  1.1.1.6  christos 	    = fdr_to_pst[rh].pst;
   3750  1.1.1.6  christos 	}
   3751  1.1.1.6  christos     }
   3752  1.1.1.6  christos 
   3753      1.1  christos   /* Remove the dummy psymtab created for -O3 images above, if it is
   3754      1.1  christos      still empty, to enable the detection of stripped executables.  */
   3755      1.1  christos   pst = objfile->partial_symtabs->psymtabs;
   3756      1.1  christos   if (pst->next == NULL
   3757      1.1  christos       && pst->number_of_dependencies == 0
   3758      1.1  christos       && pst->n_global_syms == 0
   3759      1.1  christos       && pst->n_static_syms == 0)
   3760      1.1  christos     objfile->partial_symtabs->psymtabs = NULL;
   3761      1.1  christos }
   3762      1.1  christos 
   3763      1.1  christos /* If the current psymbol has an enumerated type, we need to add
   3764      1.1  christos    all the enum constants to the partial symbol table.  */
   3765      1.1  christos 
   3766      1.1  christos static void
   3767      1.1  christos handle_psymbol_enumerators (struct objfile *objfile, FDR *fh, int stype,
   3768      1.1  christos 			    CORE_ADDR svalue)
   3769      1.1  christos {
   3770      1.1  christos   const bfd_size_type external_sym_size = debug_swap->external_sym_size;
   3771      1.1  christos   void (*const swap_sym_in) (bfd *, void *, SYMR *) = debug_swap->swap_sym_in;
   3772      1.1  christos   char *ext_sym = ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   3773      1.1  christos 		   + ((fh->isymBase + cur_sdx + 1) * external_sym_size));
   3774      1.1  christos   SYMR sh;
   3775      1.1  christos   TIR tir;
   3776      1.1  christos 
   3777      1.1  christos   switch (stype)
   3778      1.1  christos     {
   3779      1.1  christos     case stEnum:
   3780      1.1  christos       break;
   3781      1.1  christos 
   3782      1.1  christos     case stBlock:
   3783      1.1  christos       /* It is an enumerated type if the next symbol entry is a stMember
   3784      1.1  christos          and its auxiliary index is indexNil or its auxiliary entry
   3785      1.1  christos          is a plain btNil or btVoid.
   3786      1.1  christos          Alpha cc -migrate enums are recognized by a zero index and
   3787      1.1  christos          a zero symbol value.
   3788      1.1  christos          DU 4.0 cc enums are recognized by a member type of btEnum without
   3789      1.1  christos          qualifiers and a zero symbol value.  */
   3790      1.1  christos       (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_sym, &sh);
   3791      1.1  christos       if (sh.st != stMember)
   3792      1.1  christos 	return;
   3793      1.1  christos 
   3794      1.1  christos       if (sh.index == indexNil
   3795      1.1  christos 	  || (sh.index == 0 && svalue == 0))
   3796      1.1  christos 	break;
   3797      1.1  christos       (*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (fh->fBigendian,
   3798      1.1  christos 				  &(debug_info->external_aux
   3799      1.1  christos 				    + fh->iauxBase + sh.index)->a_ti,
   3800      1.1  christos 				  &tir);
   3801      1.1  christos       if ((tir.bt != btNil
   3802      1.1  christos 	   && tir.bt != btVoid
   3803      1.1  christos 	   && (tir.bt != btEnum || svalue != 0))
   3804      1.1  christos 	  || tir.tq0 != tqNil)
   3805      1.1  christos 	return;
   3806      1.1  christos       break;
   3807      1.1  christos 
   3808      1.1  christos     default:
   3809      1.1  christos       return;
   3810      1.1  christos     }
   3811      1.1  christos 
   3812      1.1  christos   for (;;)
   3813      1.1  christos     {
   3814      1.1  christos       char *name;
   3815      1.1  christos 
   3816  1.1.1.6  christos       (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_sym, &sh);
   3817  1.1.1.6  christos       if (sh.st != stMember)
   3818  1.1.1.6  christos 	break;
   3819      1.1  christos       name = debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + sh.iss;
   3820      1.1  christos 
   3821      1.1  christos       /* Note that the value doesn't matter for enum constants
   3822      1.1  christos          in psymtabs, just in symtabs.  */
   3823      1.1  christos       add_psymbol_to_list (name, strlen (name), 1,
   3824      1.1  christos 			   VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_CONST, -1,
   3825  1.1.1.5  christos 			   psymbol_placement::STATIC, 0,
   3826      1.1  christos 			   psymtab_language, objfile);
   3827      1.1  christos       ext_sym += external_sym_size;
   3828      1.1  christos     }
   3829      1.1  christos }
   3830      1.1  christos 
   3831      1.1  christos /* Get the next symbol.  OBJFILE is unused.  */
   3832      1.1  christos 
   3833      1.1  christos static const char *
   3834      1.1  christos mdebug_next_symbol_text (struct objfile *objfile)
   3835      1.1  christos {
   3836      1.1  christos   SYMR sh;
   3837      1.1  christos 
   3838      1.1  christos   cur_sdx++;
   3839      1.1  christos   (*debug_swap->swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   3840      1.1  christos 			      ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   3841      1.1  christos 			       + ((cur_fdr->isymBase + cur_sdx)
   3842      1.1  christos 				  * debug_swap->external_sym_size)),
   3843      1.1  christos 			      &sh);
   3844      1.1  christos   return debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + sh.iss;
   3845      1.1  christos }
   3846      1.1  christos 
   3847      1.1  christos /* Ancillary function to psymtab_to_symtab().  Does all the work
   3848      1.1  christos    for turning the partial symtab PST into a symtab, recurring
   3849      1.1  christos    first on all dependent psymtabs.  The argument FILENAME is
   3850      1.1  christos    only passed so we can see in debug stack traces what file
   3851      1.1  christos    is being read.
   3852      1.1  christos 
   3853      1.1  christos    This function has a split personality, based on whether the
   3854      1.1  christos    symbol table contains ordinary ecoff symbols, or stabs-in-ecoff.
   3855      1.1  christos    The flow of control and even the memory allocation differs.  FIXME.  */
   3856      1.1  christos 
   3857      1.1  christos static void
   3858  1.1.1.2  christos psymtab_to_symtab_1 (struct objfile *objfile,
   3859      1.1  christos 		     struct partial_symtab *pst, const char *filename)
   3860      1.1  christos {
   3861      1.1  christos   bfd_size_type external_sym_size;
   3862      1.1  christos   bfd_size_type external_pdr_size;
   3863  1.1.1.3  christos   void (*swap_sym_in) (bfd *, void *, SYMR *);
   3864      1.1  christos   void (*swap_pdr_in) (bfd *, void *, PDR *);
   3865      1.1  christos   int i;
   3866      1.1  christos   struct compunit_symtab *cust = NULL;
   3867      1.1  christos   FDR *fh;
   3868      1.1  christos   struct linetable *lines;
   3869      1.1  christos   CORE_ADDR lowest_pdr_addr = 0;
   3870      1.1  christos   int last_symtab_ended = 0;
   3871      1.1  christos   struct section_offsets *section_offsets = objfile->section_offsets;
   3872      1.1  christos 
   3873      1.1  christos   if (pst->readin)
   3874      1.1  christos     return;
   3875      1.1  christos   pst->readin = 1;
   3876      1.1  christos 
   3877      1.1  christos   /* Read in all partial symbtabs on which this one is dependent.
   3878      1.1  christos      NOTE that we do have circular dependencies, sigh.  We solved
   3879      1.1  christos      that by setting pst->readin before this point.  */
   3880      1.1  christos 
   3881      1.1  christos   for (i = 0; i < pst->number_of_dependencies; i++)
   3882      1.1  christos     if (!pst->dependencies[i]->readin)
   3883      1.1  christos       {
   3884      1.1  christos 	/* Inform about additional files to be read in.  */
   3885      1.1  christos 	if (info_verbose)
   3886      1.1  christos 	  {
   3887      1.1  christos 	    fputs_filtered (" ", gdb_stdout);
   3888      1.1  christos 	    wrap_here ("");
   3889      1.1  christos 	    fputs_filtered ("and ", gdb_stdout);
   3890      1.1  christos 	    wrap_here ("");
   3891      1.1  christos 	    printf_filtered ("%s...",
   3892      1.1  christos 			     pst->dependencies[i]->filename);
   3893      1.1  christos 	    wrap_here ("");	/* Flush output */
   3894      1.1  christos 	    gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
   3895      1.1  christos 	  }
   3896  1.1.1.6  christos 	/* We only pass the filename for debug purposes.  */
   3897      1.1  christos 	psymtab_to_symtab_1 (objfile, pst->dependencies[i],
   3898      1.1  christos 			     pst->dependencies[i]->filename);
   3899      1.1  christos       }
   3900      1.1  christos 
   3901      1.1  christos   /* Do nothing if this is a dummy psymtab.  */
   3902      1.1  christos 
   3903      1.1  christos   if (pst->n_global_syms == 0 && pst->n_static_syms == 0
   3904      1.1  christos       && !pst->text_low_valid && !pst->text_high_valid)
   3905      1.1  christos     return;
   3906      1.1  christos 
   3907      1.1  christos   /* Now read the symbols for this symtab.  */
   3908      1.1  christos 
   3909      1.1  christos   cur_bfd = CUR_BFD (pst);
   3910      1.1  christos   debug_swap = DEBUG_SWAP (pst);
   3911      1.1  christos   debug_info = DEBUG_INFO (pst);
   3912      1.1  christos   pending_list = PENDING_LIST (pst);
   3913      1.1  christos   external_sym_size = debug_swap->external_sym_size;
   3914      1.1  christos   external_pdr_size = debug_swap->external_pdr_size;
   3915      1.1  christos   swap_sym_in = debug_swap->swap_sym_in;
   3916      1.1  christos   swap_pdr_in = debug_swap->swap_pdr_in;
   3917      1.1  christos   mdebugread_objfile = objfile;
   3918      1.1  christos   cur_fd = FDR_IDX (pst);
   3919      1.1  christos   fh = ((cur_fd == -1)
   3920      1.1  christos 	? (FDR *) NULL
   3921      1.1  christos 	: debug_info->fdr + cur_fd);
   3922      1.1  christos   cur_fdr = fh;
   3923      1.1  christos 
   3924      1.1  christos   /* See comment in parse_partial_symbols about the @stabs sentinel.  */
   3925      1.1  christos   processing_gcc_compilation = 0;
   3926      1.1  christos   if (fh != (FDR *) NULL && fh->csym >= 2)
   3927      1.1  christos     {
   3928      1.1  christos       SYMR sh;
   3929      1.1  christos 
   3930      1.1  christos       (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   3931      1.1  christos 		      ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   3932      1.1  christos 		       + (fh->isymBase + 1) * external_sym_size),
   3933      1.1  christos 		      &sh);
   3934      1.1  christos       if (strcmp (debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss,
   3935      1.1  christos 		  stabs_symbol) == 0)
   3936      1.1  christos 	{
   3937      1.1  christos 	  /* We indicate that this is a GCC compilation so that certain
   3938      1.1  christos 	     features will be enabled in stabsread/dbxread.  */
   3939      1.1  christos 	  processing_gcc_compilation = 2;
   3940      1.1  christos 	}
   3941      1.1  christos     }
   3942      1.1  christos 
   3943      1.1  christos   if (processing_gcc_compilation != 0)
   3944      1.1  christos     {
   3945      1.1  christos       struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
   3946      1.1  christos 
   3947      1.1  christos       /* This symbol table contains stabs-in-ecoff entries.  */
   3948      1.1  christos 
   3949      1.1  christos       /* Parse local symbols first.  */
   3950      1.1  christos 
   3951      1.1  christos       if (fh->csym <= 2)	/* FIXME, this blows psymtab->symtab ptr.  */
   3952      1.1  christos 	{
   3953      1.1  christos 	  mdebugread_objfile = NULL;
   3954      1.1  christos 	  return;
   3955      1.1  christos 	}
   3956      1.1  christos       for (cur_sdx = 2; cur_sdx < fh->csym; cur_sdx++)
   3957      1.1  christos 	{
   3958      1.1  christos 	  SYMR sh;
   3959      1.1  christos 	  char *name;
   3960      1.1  christos 	  CORE_ADDR valu;
   3961      1.1  christos 
   3962      1.1  christos 	  (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   3963      1.1  christos 			  (((char *) debug_info->external_sym)
   3964  1.1.1.6  christos 			   + (fh->isymBase + cur_sdx) * external_sym_size),
   3965      1.1  christos 			  &sh);
   3966      1.1  christos 	  name = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
   3967      1.1  christos 	  valu = sh.value;
   3968      1.1  christos 	  /* XXX This is a hack.  It will go away!  */
   3969      1.1  christos 	  if (ECOFF_IS_STAB (&sh) || (name[0] == '#'))
   3970      1.1  christos 	    {
   3971      1.1  christos 	      int type_code = ECOFF_UNMARK_STAB (sh.index);
   3972      1.1  christos 	      enum language language = PST_PRIVATE (pst)->pst_language;
   3973      1.1  christos 
   3974      1.1  christos 	      /* We should never get non N_STAB symbols here, but they
   3975      1.1  christos 	         should be harmless, so keep process_one_symbol from
   3976      1.1  christos 	         complaining about them.  */
   3977      1.1  christos 	      if (type_code & N_STAB)
   3978      1.1  christos 		{
   3979      1.1  christos 		  /* If we found a trailing N_SO with no name, process
   3980      1.1  christos                      it here instead of in process_one_symbol, so we
   3981  1.1.1.3  christos                      can keep a handle to its symtab.  The symtab
   3982      1.1  christos                      would otherwise be ended twice, once in
   3983      1.1  christos                      process_one_symbol, and once after this loop.  */
   3984  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (type_code == N_SO
   3985      1.1  christos 		      && get_last_source_file ()
   3986      1.1  christos 		      && previous_stab_code != (unsigned char) N_SO
   3987      1.1  christos 		      && *name == '\000')
   3988      1.1  christos 		    {
   3989      1.1  christos 		      valu += ANOFFSET (section_offsets,
   3990      1.1  christos 					SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
   3991      1.1  christos 		      previous_stab_code = N_SO;
   3992  1.1.1.6  christos 		      cust = end_symtab (valu, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
   3993      1.1  christos 		      end_stabs ();
   3994      1.1  christos 		      last_symtab_ended = 1;
   3995      1.1  christos 		    }
   3996      1.1  christos 		  else
   3997      1.1  christos 		    {
   3998      1.1  christos 		      last_symtab_ended = 0;
   3999  1.1.1.6  christos 		      process_one_symbol (type_code, 0, valu, name,
   4000      1.1  christos 					  section_offsets, objfile, language);
   4001      1.1  christos 		    }
   4002      1.1  christos 		}
   4003      1.1  christos 	      /* Similarly a hack.  */
   4004      1.1  christos 	      else if (name[0] == '#')
   4005  1.1.1.6  christos 		{
   4006  1.1.1.6  christos 		  process_one_symbol (N_SLINE, 0, valu, name,
   4007  1.1.1.6  christos 				      section_offsets, objfile, language);
   4008      1.1  christos 		}
   4009      1.1  christos 	      if (type_code == N_FUN)
   4010      1.1  christos 		{
   4011      1.1  christos 		  /* Make up special symbol to contain
   4012      1.1  christos 		     procedure specific info.  */
   4013      1.1  christos 		  mdebug_extra_func_info *e
   4014      1.1  christos 		    = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack,
   4015  1.1.1.6  christos 				      mdebug_extra_func_info);
   4016      1.1  christos 		  struct symbol *s = new_symbol (MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME);
   4017      1.1  christos 
   4018      1.1  christos 		  SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = LABEL_DOMAIN;
   4019      1.1  christos 		  SYMBOL_ACLASS_INDEX (s) = LOC_CONST;
   4020      1.1  christos 		  SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_void;
   4021      1.1  christos 		  SYMBOL_VALUE_BYTES (s) = (gdb_byte *) e;
   4022      1.1  christos 		  e->pdr.framereg = -1;
   4023      1.1  christos 		  add_symbol_to_list (s, get_local_symbols ());
   4024      1.1  christos 		}
   4025      1.1  christos 	    }
   4026      1.1  christos 	  else if (sh.st == stLabel)
   4027      1.1  christos 	    {
   4028      1.1  christos 	      if (sh.index == indexNil)
   4029  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   4030      1.1  christos 		  /* This is what the gcc2_compiled and __gnu_compiled_*
   4031  1.1.1.6  christos 		     show up as.  So don't complain.  */
   4032      1.1  christos 		  ;
   4033      1.1  christos 		}
   4034      1.1  christos 	      else
   4035      1.1  christos 		{
   4036      1.1  christos 		  /* Handle encoded stab line number.  */
   4037      1.1  christos 		  valu += ANOFFSET (section_offsets,
   4038      1.1  christos 				    SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
   4039      1.1  christos 		  record_line (get_current_subfile (), sh.index,
   4040  1.1.1.6  christos 			       gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, valu));
   4041      1.1  christos 		}
   4042      1.1  christos 	    }
   4043      1.1  christos 	  else if (sh.st == stProc || sh.st == stStaticProc
   4044      1.1  christos 		   || sh.st == stStatic || sh.st == stEnd)
   4045  1.1.1.6  christos 	    /* These are generated by gcc-2.x, do not complain.  */
   4046      1.1  christos 	    ;
   4047      1.1  christos 	  else
   4048      1.1  christos 	    complaint (_("unknown stabs symbol %s"), name);
   4049      1.1  christos 	}
   4050      1.1  christos 
   4051      1.1  christos       if (! last_symtab_ended)
   4052      1.1  christos 	{
   4053      1.1  christos 	  cust = end_symtab (pst->raw_text_high (), SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
   4054      1.1  christos 	  end_stabs ();
   4055      1.1  christos 	}
   4056      1.1  christos 
   4057      1.1  christos       /* There used to be a call to sort_blocks here, but this should not
   4058      1.1  christos          be necessary for stabs symtabs.  And as sort_blocks modifies the
   4059      1.1  christos          start address of the GLOBAL_BLOCK to the FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK,
   4060      1.1  christos          it did the wrong thing if the first procedure in a file was
   4061      1.1  christos          generated via asm statements.  */
   4062      1.1  christos 
   4063  1.1.1.6  christos       /* Fill in procedure info next.  */
   4064      1.1  christos       if (fh->cpd > 0)
   4065      1.1  christos 	{
   4066      1.1  christos 	  char *pdr_ptr;
   4067      1.1  christos 	  char *pdr_end;
   4068  1.1.1.6  christos 	  PDR *pdr_in;
   4069      1.1  christos 	  PDR *pdr_in_end;
   4070      1.1  christos 
   4071      1.1  christos 	  gdb::def_vector<PDR> pr_block (fh->cpd);
   4072      1.1  christos 
   4073      1.1  christos 	  pdr_ptr = ((char *) debug_info->external_pdr
   4074      1.1  christos 		     + fh->ipdFirst * external_pdr_size);
   4075      1.1  christos 	  pdr_end = pdr_ptr + fh->cpd * external_pdr_size;
   4076      1.1  christos 	  pdr_in = pr_block.data ();
   4077  1.1.1.6  christos 	  for (;
   4078      1.1  christos 	       pdr_ptr < pdr_end;
   4079      1.1  christos 	       pdr_ptr += external_pdr_size, pdr_in++)
   4080      1.1  christos 	    {
   4081      1.1  christos 	      (*swap_pdr_in) (cur_bfd, pdr_ptr, pdr_in);
   4082      1.1  christos 
   4083  1.1.1.6  christos 	      /* Determine lowest PDR address, the PDRs are not always
   4084      1.1  christos 	         sorted.  */
   4085      1.1  christos 	      if (pdr_in == pr_block.data ())
   4086  1.1.1.2  christos 		lowest_pdr_addr = pdr_in->adr;
   4087      1.1  christos 	      else if (pdr_in->adr < lowest_pdr_addr)
   4088      1.1  christos 		lowest_pdr_addr = pdr_in->adr;
   4089      1.1  christos 	    }
   4090      1.1  christos 
   4091      1.1  christos 	  pdr_in = pr_block.data ();
   4092      1.1  christos 	  pdr_in_end = pdr_in + fh->cpd;
   4093      1.1  christos 	  for (; pdr_in < pdr_in_end; pdr_in++)
   4094      1.1  christos 	    parse_procedure (pdr_in, cust, pst);
   4095      1.1  christos 	}
   4096      1.1  christos     }
   4097      1.1  christos   else
   4098      1.1  christos     {
   4099  1.1.1.2  christos       /* This symbol table contains ordinary ecoff entries.  */
   4100      1.1  christos 
   4101      1.1  christos       int maxlines, size;
   4102      1.1  christos       EXTR *ext_ptr;
   4103      1.1  christos 
   4104  1.1.1.2  christos       if (fh == 0)
   4105      1.1  christos 	{
   4106      1.1  christos 	  maxlines = 0;
   4107      1.1  christos 	  cust = new_symtab ("unknown", 0, objfile);
   4108  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4109      1.1  christos       else
   4110      1.1  christos 	{
   4111  1.1.1.2  christos 	  maxlines = 2 * fh->cline;
   4112      1.1  christos 	  cust = new_symtab (pst->filename, maxlines, objfile);
   4113  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4114      1.1  christos 	  /* The proper language was already determined when building
   4115      1.1  christos 	     the psymtab, use it.  */
   4116      1.1  christos 	  COMPUNIT_FILETABS (cust)->language = PST_PRIVATE (pst)->pst_language;
   4117      1.1  christos 	}
   4118  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4119  1.1.1.2  christos       psymtab_language = COMPUNIT_FILETABS (cust)->language;
   4120  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4121  1.1.1.6  christos       lines = SYMTAB_LINETABLE (COMPUNIT_FILETABS (cust));
   4122      1.1  christos 
   4123      1.1  christos       /* Get a new lexical context.  */
   4124      1.1  christos 
   4125      1.1  christos       push_parse_stack ();
   4126      1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_st = COMPUNIT_FILETABS (cust);
   4127      1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_block
   4128      1.1  christos 	= BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (cust), STATIC_BLOCK);
   4129      1.1  christos       BLOCK_START (top_stack->cur_block) = pst->text_low (objfile);
   4130      1.1  christos       BLOCK_END (top_stack->cur_block) = 0;
   4131      1.1  christos       top_stack->blocktype = stFile;
   4132      1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_type = 0;
   4133      1.1  christos       top_stack->procadr = 0;
   4134      1.1  christos       top_stack->numargs = 0;
   4135      1.1  christos       found_ecoff_debugging_info = 0;
   4136      1.1  christos 
   4137      1.1  christos       if (fh)
   4138      1.1  christos 	{
   4139      1.1  christos 	  char *sym_ptr;
   4140      1.1  christos 	  char *sym_end;
   4141      1.1  christos 
   4142      1.1  christos 	  /* Parse local symbols first.  */
   4143      1.1  christos 	  sym_ptr = ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   4144      1.1  christos 		     + fh->isymBase * external_sym_size);
   4145      1.1  christos 	  sym_end = sym_ptr + fh->csym * external_sym_size;
   4146      1.1  christos 	  while (sym_ptr < sym_end)
   4147  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   4148      1.1  christos 	      SYMR sh;
   4149      1.1  christos 	      int c;
   4150      1.1  christos 
   4151      1.1  christos 	      (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, sym_ptr, &sh);
   4152      1.1  christos 	      c = parse_symbol (&sh,
   4153      1.1  christos 				debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase,
   4154      1.1  christos 				sym_ptr, fh->fBigendian,
   4155      1.1  christos 				section_offsets, objfile);
   4156      1.1  christos 	      sym_ptr += c * external_sym_size;
   4157      1.1  christos 	    }
   4158      1.1  christos 
   4159      1.1  christos 	  /* Linenumbers.  At the end, check if we can save memory.
   4160      1.1  christos 	     parse_lines has to look ahead an arbitrary number of PDR
   4161  1.1.1.6  christos 	     structures, so we swap them all first.  */
   4162      1.1  christos 	  if (fh->cpd > 0)
   4163      1.1  christos 	    {
   4164      1.1  christos 	      char *pdr_ptr;
   4165      1.1  christos 	      char *pdr_end;
   4166  1.1.1.6  christos 	      PDR *pdr_in;
   4167      1.1  christos 	      PDR *pdr_in_end;
   4168      1.1  christos 
   4169      1.1  christos 	      gdb::def_vector<PDR> pr_block (fh->cpd);
   4170      1.1  christos 
   4171      1.1  christos 	      pdr_ptr = ((char *) debug_info->external_pdr
   4172      1.1  christos 			 + fh->ipdFirst * external_pdr_size);
   4173      1.1  christos 	      pdr_end = pdr_ptr + fh->cpd * external_pdr_size;
   4174      1.1  christos 	      pdr_in = pr_block.data ();
   4175  1.1.1.6  christos 	      for (;
   4176      1.1  christos 		   pdr_ptr < pdr_end;
   4177      1.1  christos 		   pdr_ptr += external_pdr_size, pdr_in++)
   4178      1.1  christos 		{
   4179      1.1  christos 		  (*swap_pdr_in) (cur_bfd, pdr_ptr, pdr_in);
   4180      1.1  christos 
   4181  1.1.1.6  christos 		  /* Determine lowest PDR address, the PDRs are not always
   4182  1.1.1.6  christos 		     sorted.  */
   4183      1.1  christos 		  if (pdr_in == pr_block.data ())
   4184      1.1  christos 		    lowest_pdr_addr = pdr_in->adr;
   4185      1.1  christos 		  else if (pdr_in->adr < lowest_pdr_addr)
   4186      1.1  christos 		    lowest_pdr_addr = pdr_in->adr;
   4187  1.1.1.6  christos 		}
   4188      1.1  christos 
   4189      1.1  christos 	      parse_lines (fh, pr_block.data (), lines, maxlines,
   4190  1.1.1.2  christos 			   pst->text_low (objfile), lowest_pdr_addr);
   4191      1.1  christos 	      if (lines->nitems < fh->cline)
   4192      1.1  christos 		lines = shrink_linetable (lines);
   4193      1.1  christos 
   4194      1.1  christos 	      /* Fill in procedure info next.  */
   4195      1.1  christos 	      pdr_in = pr_block.data ();
   4196      1.1  christos 	      pdr_in_end = pdr_in + fh->cpd;
   4197  1.1.1.2  christos 	      for (; pdr_in < pdr_in_end; pdr_in++)
   4198  1.1.1.4  christos 		parse_procedure (pdr_in, NULL, pst);
   4199  1.1.1.4  christos 	    }
   4200  1.1.1.4  christos 	}
   4201  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4202      1.1  christos       size = lines->nitems;
   4203      1.1  christos       if (size > 1)
   4204      1.1  christos 	--size;
   4205      1.1  christos       SYMTAB_LINETABLE (COMPUNIT_FILETABS (cust))
   4206      1.1  christos 	= ((struct linetable *)
   4207  1.1.1.2  christos 	   obstack_copy (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack,
   4208      1.1  christos 			 lines, (sizeof (struct linetable)
   4209  1.1.1.2  christos 				 + size * sizeof (lines->item))));
   4210      1.1  christos       xfree (lines);
   4211      1.1  christos 
   4212      1.1  christos       /* .. and our share of externals.
   4213      1.1  christos          XXX use the global list to speed up things here.  How?
   4214      1.1  christos          FIXME, Maybe quit once we have found the right number of ext's?  */
   4215      1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_st = COMPUNIT_FILETABS (cust);
   4216  1.1.1.3  christos       top_stack->cur_block
   4217      1.1  christos 	= BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (SYMTAB_BLOCKVECTOR (top_stack->cur_st),
   4218      1.1  christos 			     GLOBAL_BLOCK);
   4219      1.1  christos       top_stack->blocktype = stFile;
   4220      1.1  christos 
   4221      1.1  christos       ext_ptr = PST_PRIVATE (pst)->extern_tab;
   4222      1.1  christos       for (i = PST_PRIVATE (pst)->extern_count; --i >= 0; ext_ptr++)
   4223      1.1  christos 	parse_external (ext_ptr, fh->fBigendian,
   4224  1.1.1.2  christos 			section_offsets, objfile);
   4225  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4226      1.1  christos       /* If there are undefined symbols, tell the user.
   4227      1.1  christos          The alpha has an undefined symbol for every symbol that is
   4228      1.1  christos          from a shared library, so tell the user only if verbose is on.  */
   4229      1.1  christos       if (info_verbose && n_undef_symbols)
   4230      1.1  christos 	{
   4231      1.1  christos 	  printf_filtered (_("File %s contains %d unresolved references:"),
   4232      1.1  christos 			   symtab_to_filename_for_display
   4233      1.1  christos 			     (COMPUNIT_FILETABS (cust)),
   4234      1.1  christos 			   n_undef_symbols);
   4235  1.1.1.2  christos 	  printf_filtered ("\n\t%4d variables\n\t%4d "
   4236      1.1  christos 			   "procedures\n\t%4d labels\n",
   4237      1.1  christos 			   n_undef_vars, n_undef_procs, n_undef_labels);
   4238      1.1  christos 	  n_undef_symbols = n_undef_labels = n_undef_vars = n_undef_procs = 0;
   4239  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4240      1.1  christos 	}
   4241      1.1  christos       pop_parse_stack ();
   4242      1.1  christos 
   4243      1.1  christos       sort_blocks (COMPUNIT_FILETABS (cust));
   4244      1.1  christos     }
   4245      1.1  christos 
   4246      1.1  christos   /* Now link the psymtab and the symtab.  */
   4247      1.1  christos   pst->compunit_symtab = cust;
   4248      1.1  christos 
   4249      1.1  christos   mdebugread_objfile = NULL;
   4250      1.1  christos }
   4251      1.1  christos 
   4252      1.1  christos /* Ancillary parsing procedures.  */
   4254      1.1  christos 
   4255      1.1  christos /* Return 1 if the symbol pointed to by SH has a cross reference
   4256      1.1  christos    to an opaque aggregate type, else 0.  */
   4257      1.1  christos 
   4258      1.1  christos static int
   4259      1.1  christos has_opaque_xref (FDR *fh, SYMR *sh)
   4260      1.1  christos {
   4261      1.1  christos   TIR tir;
   4262      1.1  christos   union aux_ext *ax;
   4263      1.1  christos   RNDXR rn[1];
   4264      1.1  christos   unsigned int rf;
   4265      1.1  christos 
   4266      1.1  christos   if (sh->index == indexNil)
   4267      1.1  christos     return 0;
   4268      1.1  christos 
   4269      1.1  christos   ax = debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase + sh->index;
   4270      1.1  christos   (*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (fh->fBigendian, &ax->a_ti, &tir);
   4271      1.1  christos   if (tir.bt != btStruct && tir.bt != btUnion && tir.bt != btEnum)
   4272      1.1  christos     return 0;
   4273      1.1  christos 
   4274      1.1  christos   ax++;
   4275      1.1  christos   (*debug_swap->swap_rndx_in) (fh->fBigendian, &ax->a_rndx, rn);
   4276      1.1  christos   if (rn->rfd == 0xfff)
   4277      1.1  christos     rf = AUX_GET_ISYM (fh->fBigendian, ax + 1);
   4278      1.1  christos   else
   4279      1.1  christos     rf = rn->rfd;
   4280      1.1  christos   if (rf != -1)
   4281      1.1  christos     return 0;
   4282      1.1  christos   return 1;
   4283      1.1  christos }
   4284      1.1  christos 
   4285  1.1.1.5  christos /* Lookup the type at relative index RN.  Return it in TPP
   4286      1.1  christos    if found and in any event come up with its name PNAME.
   4287      1.1  christos    BIGEND says whether aux symbols are big-endian or not (from fh->fBigendian).
   4288      1.1  christos    Return value says how many aux symbols we ate.  */
   4289      1.1  christos 
   4290      1.1  christos static int
   4291      1.1  christos cross_ref (int fd, union aux_ext *ax, struct type **tpp,
   4292      1.1  christos 	   enum type_code type_code,
   4293      1.1  christos 	   /* Use to alloc new type if none is found.  */
   4294      1.1  christos 	   const char **pname, int bigend, const char *sym_name)
   4295      1.1  christos {
   4296  1.1.1.4  christos   RNDXR rn[1];
   4297      1.1  christos   unsigned int rf;
   4298      1.1  christos   int result = 1;
   4299      1.1  christos   FDR *fh;
   4300      1.1  christos   char *esh;
   4301      1.1  christos   SYMR sh;
   4302      1.1  christos   int xref_fd;
   4303      1.1  christos   struct mdebug_pending *pend;
   4304      1.1  christos 
   4305      1.1  christos   *tpp = NULL;
   4306      1.1  christos 
   4307      1.1  christos   (*debug_swap->swap_rndx_in) (bigend, &ax->a_rndx, rn);
   4308      1.1  christos 
   4309      1.1  christos   /* Escape index means 'the next one'.  */
   4310      1.1  christos   if (rn->rfd == 0xfff)
   4311      1.1  christos     {
   4312  1.1.1.5  christos       result++;
   4313      1.1  christos       rf = AUX_GET_ISYM (bigend, ax + 1);
   4314      1.1  christos     }
   4315      1.1  christos   else
   4316      1.1  christos     {
   4317  1.1.1.5  christos       rf = rn->rfd;
   4318  1.1.1.5  christos     }
   4319      1.1  christos 
   4320      1.1  christos   /* mips cc uses a rf of -1 for opaque struct definitions.
   4321      1.1  christos      Set TYPE_STUB for these types so that check_typedef will
   4322      1.1  christos      resolve them if the struct gets defined in another compilation unit.  */
   4323      1.1  christos   if (rf == -1)
   4324      1.1  christos     {
   4325      1.1  christos       *pname = "<undefined>";
   4326      1.1  christos       *tpp = init_type (mdebugread_objfile, type_code, 0, NULL);
   4327      1.1  christos       TYPE_STUB (*tpp) = 1;
   4328      1.1  christos       return result;
   4329      1.1  christos     }
   4330      1.1  christos 
   4331      1.1  christos   /* mips cc uses an escaped rn->index of 0 for struct return types
   4332      1.1  christos      of procedures that were compiled without -g.  These will always remain
   4333      1.1  christos      undefined.  */
   4334      1.1  christos   if (rn->rfd == 0xfff && rn->index == 0)
   4335      1.1  christos     {
   4336      1.1  christos       *pname = "<undefined>";
   4337      1.1  christos       return result;
   4338      1.1  christos     }
   4339      1.1  christos 
   4340      1.1  christos   /* Find the relative file descriptor and the symbol in it.  */
   4341      1.1  christos   fh = get_rfd (fd, rf);
   4342      1.1  christos   xref_fd = fh - debug_info->fdr;
   4343      1.1  christos 
   4344      1.1  christos   if (rn->index >= fh->csym)
   4345      1.1  christos     {
   4346      1.1  christos       /* File indirect entry is corrupt.  */
   4347      1.1  christos       *pname = "<illegal>";
   4348      1.1  christos       bad_rfd_entry_complaint (sym_name, xref_fd, rn->index);
   4349      1.1  christos       return result;
   4350      1.1  christos     }
   4351      1.1  christos 
   4352      1.1  christos   /* If we have processed this symbol then we left a forwarding
   4353      1.1  christos      pointer to the type in the pending list.  If not, we`ll put
   4354      1.1  christos      it in a list of pending types, to be processed later when
   4355      1.1  christos      the file will be.  In any event, we collect the name for the
   4356      1.1  christos      type here.  */
   4357      1.1  christos 
   4358      1.1  christos   esh = ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   4359      1.1  christos 	 + ((fh->isymBase + rn->index)
   4360      1.1  christos 	    * debug_swap->external_sym_size));
   4361      1.1  christos   (*debug_swap->swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, esh, &sh);
   4362      1.1  christos 
   4363      1.1  christos   /* Make sure that this type of cross reference can be handled.  */
   4364      1.1  christos   if ((sh.sc != scInfo
   4365      1.1  christos        || (sh.st != stBlock && sh.st != stTypedef && sh.st != stIndirect
   4366      1.1  christos 	   && sh.st != stStruct && sh.st != stUnion
   4367      1.1  christos 	   && sh.st != stEnum))
   4368      1.1  christos       && (sh.st != stBlock || !SC_IS_COMMON (sh.sc)))
   4369      1.1  christos     {
   4370      1.1  christos       /* File indirect entry is corrupt.  */
   4371      1.1  christos       *pname = "<illegal>";
   4372      1.1  christos       bad_rfd_entry_complaint (sym_name, xref_fd, rn->index);
   4373      1.1  christos       return result;
   4374      1.1  christos     }
   4375      1.1  christos 
   4376      1.1  christos   *pname = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
   4377      1.1  christos 
   4378      1.1  christos   pend = is_pending_symbol (fh, esh);
   4379      1.1  christos   if (pend)
   4380      1.1  christos     *tpp = pend->t;
   4381      1.1  christos   else
   4382      1.1  christos     {
   4383      1.1  christos       /* We have not yet seen this type.  */
   4384      1.1  christos 
   4385      1.1  christos       if ((sh.iss == 0 && sh.st == stTypedef) || sh.st == stIndirect)
   4386      1.1  christos 	{
   4387      1.1  christos 	  TIR tir;
   4388      1.1  christos 
   4389      1.1  christos 	  /* alpha cc puts out a stTypedef with a sh.iss of zero for
   4390      1.1  christos 	     two cases:
   4391      1.1  christos 	     a) forward declarations of structs/unions/enums which are not
   4392      1.1  christos 	     defined in this compilation unit.
   4393      1.1  christos 	     For these the type will be void.  This is a bad design decision
   4394      1.1  christos 	     as cross referencing across compilation units is impossible
   4395      1.1  christos 	     due to the missing name.
   4396      1.1  christos 	     b) forward declarations of structs/unions/enums/typedefs which
   4397      1.1  christos 	     are defined later in this file or in another file in the same
   4398      1.1  christos 	     compilation unit.  Irix5 cc uses a stIndirect symbol for this.
   4399  1.1.1.6  christos 	     Simply cross reference those again to get the true type.
   4400      1.1  christos 	     The forward references are not entered in the pending list and
   4401      1.1  christos 	     in the symbol table.  */
   4402      1.1  christos 
   4403  1.1.1.5  christos 	  (*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (bigend,
   4404      1.1  christos 				      &(debug_info->external_aux
   4405      1.1  christos 					+ fh->iauxBase + sh.index)->a_ti,
   4406      1.1  christos 				      &tir);
   4407      1.1  christos 	  if (tir.tq0 != tqNil)
   4408      1.1  christos 	    complaint (_("illegal tq0 in forward typedef for %s"), sym_name);
   4409      1.1  christos 	  switch (tir.bt)
   4410      1.1  christos 	    {
   4411      1.1  christos 	    case btVoid:
   4412      1.1  christos 	      *tpp = init_type (mdebugread_objfile, type_code, 0, NULL);
   4413      1.1  christos 	      *pname = "<undefined>";
   4414      1.1  christos 	      break;
   4415      1.1  christos 
   4416      1.1  christos 	    case btStruct:
   4417      1.1  christos 	    case btUnion:
   4418      1.1  christos 	    case btEnum:
   4419      1.1  christos 	      cross_ref (xref_fd,
   4420      1.1  christos 			 (debug_info->external_aux
   4421      1.1  christos 			  + fh->iauxBase + sh.index + 1),
   4422      1.1  christos 			 tpp, type_code, pname,
   4423      1.1  christos 			 fh->fBigendian, sym_name);
   4424      1.1  christos 	      break;
   4425      1.1  christos 
   4426      1.1  christos 	    case btTypedef:
   4427      1.1  christos 	      /* Follow a forward typedef.  This might recursively
   4428      1.1  christos 	         call cross_ref till we get a non typedef'ed type.
   4429      1.1  christos 	         FIXME: This is not correct behaviour, but gdb currently
   4430      1.1  christos 	         cannot handle typedefs without type copying.  Type
   4431      1.1  christos 	         copying is impossible as we might have mutual forward
   4432      1.1  christos 	         references between two files and the copied type would not
   4433      1.1  christos 	         get filled in when we later parse its definition.  */
   4434      1.1  christos 	      *tpp = parse_type (xref_fd,
   4435  1.1.1.6  christos 				 debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase,
   4436      1.1  christos 				 sh.index,
   4437  1.1.1.5  christos 				 (int *) NULL,
   4438      1.1  christos 				 fh->fBigendian,
   4439      1.1  christos 				 debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss);
   4440      1.1  christos 	      add_pending (fh, esh, *tpp);
   4441      1.1  christos 	      break;
   4442      1.1  christos 
   4443      1.1  christos 	    default:
   4444      1.1  christos 	      complaint (_("illegal bt %d in forward typedef for %s"), tir.bt,
   4445      1.1  christos 			 sym_name);
   4446      1.1  christos 	      *tpp = init_type (mdebugread_objfile, type_code, 0, NULL);
   4447      1.1  christos 	      break;
   4448      1.1  christos 	    }
   4449      1.1  christos 	  return result;
   4450      1.1  christos 	}
   4451      1.1  christos       else if (sh.st == stTypedef)
   4452      1.1  christos 	{
   4453      1.1  christos 	  /* Parse the type for a normal typedef.  This might recursively call
   4454      1.1  christos 	     cross_ref till we get a non typedef'ed type.
   4455      1.1  christos 	     FIXME: This is not correct behaviour, but gdb currently
   4456      1.1  christos 	     cannot handle typedefs without type copying.  But type copying is
   4457      1.1  christos 	     impossible as we might have mutual forward references between
   4458      1.1  christos 	     two files and the copied type would not get filled in when
   4459      1.1  christos 	     we later parse its definition.   */
   4460      1.1  christos 	  *tpp = parse_type (xref_fd,
   4461      1.1  christos 			     debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase,
   4462      1.1  christos 			     sh.index,
   4463      1.1  christos 			     (int *) NULL,
   4464      1.1  christos 			     fh->fBigendian,
   4465  1.1.1.5  christos 			     debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss);
   4466      1.1  christos 	}
   4467      1.1  christos       else
   4468      1.1  christos 	{
   4469      1.1  christos 	  /* Cross reference to a struct/union/enum which is defined
   4470      1.1  christos 	     in another file in the same compilation unit but that file
   4471      1.1  christos 	     has not been parsed yet.
   4472      1.1  christos 	     Initialize the type only, it will be filled in when
   4473      1.1  christos 	     it's definition is parsed.  */
   4474      1.1  christos 	  *tpp = init_type (mdebugread_objfile, type_code, 0, NULL);
   4475      1.1  christos 	}
   4476      1.1  christos       add_pending (fh, esh, *tpp);
   4477      1.1  christos     }
   4478      1.1  christos 
   4479  1.1.1.5  christos   /* We used one auxent normally, two if we got a "next one" rf.  */
   4480  1.1.1.3  christos   return result;
   4481      1.1  christos }
   4482      1.1  christos 
   4483      1.1  christos 
   4484      1.1  christos /* Quick&dirty lookup procedure, to avoid the MI ones that require
   4485      1.1  christos    keeping the symtab sorted.  */
   4486      1.1  christos 
   4487      1.1  christos static struct symbol *
   4488      1.1  christos mylookup_symbol (const char *name, const struct block *block,
   4489      1.1  christos 		 domain_enum domain, enum address_class theclass)
   4490      1.1  christos {
   4491  1.1.1.3  christos   struct block_iterator iter;
   4492      1.1  christos   int inc;
   4493      1.1  christos   struct symbol *sym;
   4494      1.1  christos 
   4495      1.1  christos   inc = name[0];
   4496      1.1  christos   ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block, iter, sym)
   4497      1.1  christos     {
   4498  1.1.1.3  christos       if (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym)[0] == inc
   4499      1.1  christos 	  && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == domain
   4500      1.1  christos 	  && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == theclass
   4501      1.1  christos 	  && strcmp (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), name) == 0)
   4502      1.1  christos 	return sym;
   4503      1.1  christos     }
   4504      1.1  christos 
   4505      1.1  christos   block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block);
   4506      1.1  christos   if (block)
   4507      1.1  christos     return mylookup_symbol (name, block, domain, theclass);
   4508  1.1.1.2  christos   return 0;
   4509  1.1.1.6  christos }
   4510      1.1  christos 
   4511      1.1  christos 
   4512      1.1  christos /* Add a new symbol S to a block B.  */
   4513      1.1  christos 
   4514      1.1  christos static void
   4515      1.1  christos add_symbol (struct symbol *s, struct symtab *symtab, struct block *b)
   4516      1.1  christos {
   4517  1.1.1.2  christos   symbol_set_symtab (s, symtab);
   4518  1.1.1.2  christos   mdict_add_symbol (BLOCK_MULTIDICT (b), s);
   4519  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4520      1.1  christos 
   4521      1.1  christos /* Add a new block B to a symtab S.  */
   4522      1.1  christos 
   4523      1.1  christos static void
   4524      1.1  christos add_block (struct block *b, struct symtab *s)
   4525  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4526  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Cast away "const", but that's ok because we're building the
   4527      1.1  christos      symtab and blockvector here.  */
   4528      1.1  christos   struct blockvector *bv = (struct blockvector *) SYMTAB_BLOCKVECTOR (s);
   4529      1.1  christos 
   4530      1.1  christos   bv = (struct blockvector *) xrealloc ((void *) bv,
   4531      1.1  christos 					(sizeof (struct blockvector)
   4532      1.1  christos 					 + BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv)
   4533      1.1  christos 					 * sizeof (bv->block)));
   4534      1.1  christos   if (bv != SYMTAB_BLOCKVECTOR (s))
   4535      1.1  christos     SYMTAB_BLOCKVECTOR (s) = bv;
   4536      1.1  christos 
   4537      1.1  christos   BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv)++) = b;
   4538      1.1  christos }
   4539      1.1  christos 
   4540      1.1  christos /* Add a new linenumber entry (LINENO,ADR) to a linevector LT.
   4541      1.1  christos    MIPS' linenumber encoding might need more than one byte
   4542      1.1  christos    to describe it, LAST is used to detect these continuation lines.
   4543      1.1  christos 
   4544      1.1  christos    Combining lines with the same line number seems like a bad idea.
   4545      1.1  christos    E.g: There could be a line number entry with the same line number after the
   4546      1.1  christos    prologue and GDB should not ignore it (this is a better way to find
   4547      1.1  christos    a prologue than mips_skip_prologue).
   4548      1.1  christos    But due to the compressed line table format there are line number entries
   4549      1.1  christos    for the same line which are needed to bridge the gap to the next
   4550      1.1  christos    line number entry.  These entries have a bogus address info with them
   4551      1.1  christos    and we are unable to tell them from intended duplicate line number
   4552      1.1  christos    entries.
   4553      1.1  christos    This is another reason why -ggdb debugging format is preferable.  */
   4554      1.1  christos 
   4555      1.1  christos static int
   4556      1.1  christos add_line (struct linetable *lt, int lineno, CORE_ADDR adr, int last)
   4557      1.1  christos {
   4558      1.1  christos   /* DEC c89 sometimes produces zero linenos which confuse gdb.
   4559      1.1  christos      Change them to something sensible.  */
   4560      1.1  christos   if (lineno == 0)
   4561      1.1  christos     lineno = 1;
   4562      1.1  christos   if (last == 0)
   4563      1.1  christos     last = -2;			/* Make sure we record first line.  */
   4564      1.1  christos 
   4565      1.1  christos   if (last == lineno)		/* Skip continuation lines.  */
   4566      1.1  christos     return lineno;
   4567      1.1  christos 
   4568      1.1  christos   lt->item[lt->nitems].line = lineno;
   4569      1.1  christos   lt->item[lt->nitems++].pc = adr << 2;
   4570      1.1  christos   return lineno;
   4571      1.1  christos }
   4572      1.1  christos 
   4573      1.1  christos /* Sorting and reordering procedures.  */
   4575      1.1  christos 
   4576      1.1  christos /* Blocks with a smaller low bound should come first.  */
   4577      1.1  christos 
   4578      1.1  christos static int
   4579      1.1  christos compare_blocks (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
   4580      1.1  christos {
   4581      1.1  christos   LONGEST addr_diff;
   4582      1.1  christos   struct block **b1 = (struct block **) arg1;
   4583      1.1  christos   struct block **b2 = (struct block **) arg2;
   4584      1.1  christos 
   4585      1.1  christos   addr_diff = (BLOCK_START ((*b1))) - (BLOCK_START ((*b2)));
   4586      1.1  christos   if (addr_diff == 0)
   4587      1.1  christos     return (BLOCK_END ((*b2))) - (BLOCK_END ((*b1)));
   4588  1.1.1.2  christos   return addr_diff;
   4589  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4590  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4591      1.1  christos /* Sort the blocks of a symtab S.
   4592      1.1  christos    Reorder the blocks in the blockvector by code-address,
   4593      1.1  christos    as required by some MI search routines.  */
   4594      1.1  christos 
   4595      1.1  christos static void
   4596      1.1  christos sort_blocks (struct symtab *s)
   4597      1.1  christos {
   4598      1.1  christos   /* We have to cast away const here, but this is ok because we're
   4599      1.1  christos      constructing the blockvector in this code.  */
   4600      1.1  christos   struct blockvector *bv = (struct blockvector *) SYMTAB_BLOCKVECTOR (s);
   4601      1.1  christos 
   4602      1.1  christos   if (BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv) <= FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK)
   4603      1.1  christos     {
   4604      1.1  christos       /* Cosmetic */
   4605      1.1  christos       if (BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK)) == 0)
   4606      1.1  christos 	BLOCK_START (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK)) = 0;
   4607      1.1  christos       if (BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK)) == 0)
   4608      1.1  christos 	BLOCK_START (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK)) = 0;
   4609      1.1  christos       return;
   4610      1.1  christos     }
   4611      1.1  christos   /*
   4612      1.1  christos    * This is very unfortunate: normally all functions are compiled in
   4613      1.1  christos    * the order they are found, but if the file is compiled -O3 things
   4614      1.1  christos    * are very different.  It would be nice to find a reliable test
   4615      1.1  christos    * to detect -O3 images in advance.
   4616      1.1  christos    */
   4617      1.1  christos   if (BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv) > FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK + 1)
   4618      1.1  christos     qsort (&BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK),
   4619      1.1  christos 	   BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv) - FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK,
   4620      1.1  christos 	   sizeof (struct block *),
   4621      1.1  christos 	   compare_blocks);
   4622      1.1  christos 
   4623      1.1  christos   {
   4624      1.1  christos     CORE_ADDR high = 0;
   4625      1.1  christos     int i, j = BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv);
   4626      1.1  christos 
   4627      1.1  christos     for (i = FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK; i < j; i++)
   4628      1.1  christos       if (high < BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i)))
   4629      1.1  christos 	high = BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i));
   4630      1.1  christos     BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK)) = high;
   4631      1.1  christos   }
   4632      1.1  christos 
   4633      1.1  christos   BLOCK_START (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK)) =
   4634      1.1  christos     BLOCK_START (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK));
   4635      1.1  christos 
   4636      1.1  christos   BLOCK_START (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK)) =
   4637      1.1  christos     BLOCK_START (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK));
   4638  1.1.1.2  christos   BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK)) =
   4639      1.1  christos     BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK));
   4640      1.1  christos }
   4641  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4642  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4644  1.1.1.6  christos /* Constructor/restructor/destructor procedures.  */
   4645  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4646  1.1.1.2  christos /* Allocate a new symtab for NAME.  Needs an estimate of how many
   4647  1.1.1.2  christos    linenumbers MAXLINES we'll put in it.  */
   4648      1.1  christos 
   4649  1.1.1.2  christos static struct compunit_symtab *
   4650  1.1.1.6  christos new_symtab (const char *name, int maxlines, struct objfile *objfile)
   4651      1.1  christos {
   4652      1.1  christos   struct compunit_symtab *cust = allocate_compunit_symtab (objfile, name);
   4653  1.1.1.2  christos   struct symtab *symtab;
   4654  1.1.1.6  christos   struct blockvector *bv;
   4655  1.1.1.6  christos   enum language lang;
   4656  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4657  1.1.1.2  christos   add_compunit_symtab_to_objfile (cust);
   4658  1.1.1.2  christos   symtab = allocate_symtab (cust, name);
   4659      1.1  christos 
   4660  1.1.1.2  christos   SYMTAB_LINETABLE (symtab) = new_linetable (maxlines);
   4661  1.1.1.2  christos   lang = compunit_language (cust);
   4662      1.1  christos 
   4663      1.1  christos   /* All symtabs must have at least two blocks.  */
   4664      1.1  christos   bv = new_bvect (2);
   4665      1.1  christos   BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK) = new_block (NON_FUNCTION_BLOCK, lang);
   4666      1.1  christos   BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK) = new_block (NON_FUNCTION_BLOCK, lang);
   4667  1.1.1.5  christos   BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK)) =
   4668      1.1  christos     BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
   4669      1.1  christos   COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (cust) = bv;
   4670      1.1  christos 
   4671      1.1  christos   COMPUNIT_DEBUGFORMAT (cust) = "ECOFF";
   4672      1.1  christos   return cust;
   4673      1.1  christos }
   4674      1.1  christos 
   4675  1.1.1.6  christos /* Allocate a new partial_symtab NAME.  */
   4676  1.1.1.6  christos 
   4677      1.1  christos static struct partial_symtab *
   4678      1.1  christos new_psymtab (const char *name, struct objfile *objfile)
   4679      1.1  christos {
   4680      1.1  christos   struct partial_symtab *psymtab;
   4681      1.1  christos 
   4682      1.1  christos   psymtab = allocate_psymtab (name, objfile);
   4683      1.1  christos 
   4684      1.1  christos   /* Keep a backpointer to the file's symbols.  */
   4685      1.1  christos 
   4686      1.1  christos   psymtab->read_symtab_private
   4687      1.1  christos     = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (&objfile->objfile_obstack, symloc);
   4688      1.1  christos   CUR_BFD (psymtab) = cur_bfd;
   4689      1.1  christos   DEBUG_SWAP (psymtab) = debug_swap;
   4690      1.1  christos   DEBUG_INFO (psymtab) = debug_info;
   4691      1.1  christos   PENDING_LIST (psymtab) = pending_list;
   4692      1.1  christos 
   4693      1.1  christos   /* The way to turn this into a symtab is to call...  */
   4694      1.1  christos   psymtab->read_symtab = mdebug_read_symtab;
   4695      1.1  christos   return (psymtab);
   4696      1.1  christos }
   4697      1.1  christos 
   4698      1.1  christos 
   4699      1.1  christos /* Allocate a linetable array of the given SIZE.  Since the struct
   4700      1.1  christos    already includes one item, we subtract one when calculating the
   4701      1.1  christos    proper size to allocate.  */
   4702      1.1  christos 
   4703      1.1  christos static struct linetable *
   4704      1.1  christos new_linetable (int size)
   4705      1.1  christos {
   4706      1.1  christos   struct linetable *l;
   4707      1.1  christos 
   4708      1.1  christos   if (size > 1)
   4709      1.1  christos     --size;
   4710      1.1  christos   size = size * sizeof (l->item) + sizeof (struct linetable);
   4711      1.1  christos   l = (struct linetable *) xmalloc (size);
   4712      1.1  christos   l->nitems = 0;
   4713      1.1  christos   return l;
   4714      1.1  christos }
   4715      1.1  christos 
   4716      1.1  christos /* Oops, too big.  Shrink it.  This was important with the 2.4 linetables,
   4717      1.1  christos    I am not so sure about the 3.4 ones.
   4718      1.1  christos 
   4719      1.1  christos    Since the struct linetable already includes one item, we subtract one when
   4720      1.1  christos    calculating the proper size to allocate.  */
   4721      1.1  christos 
   4722      1.1  christos static struct linetable *
   4723      1.1  christos shrink_linetable (struct linetable *lt)
   4724      1.1  christos {
   4725      1.1  christos   return (struct linetable *) xrealloc ((void *) lt,
   4726      1.1  christos 					(sizeof (struct linetable)
   4727      1.1  christos 					 + ((lt->nitems - 1)
   4728      1.1  christos 					    * sizeof (lt->item))));
   4729      1.1  christos }
   4730      1.1  christos 
   4731      1.1  christos /* Allocate and zero a new blockvector of NBLOCKS blocks.  */
   4732      1.1  christos 
   4733      1.1  christos static struct blockvector *
   4734      1.1  christos new_bvect (int nblocks)
   4735      1.1  christos {
   4736  1.1.1.6  christos   struct blockvector *bv;
   4737  1.1.1.6  christos   int size;
   4738  1.1.1.6  christos 
   4739  1.1.1.6  christos   size = sizeof (struct blockvector) + nblocks * sizeof (struct block *);
   4740      1.1  christos   bv = (struct blockvector *) xzalloc (size);
   4741      1.1  christos 
   4742  1.1.1.6  christos   BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv) = nblocks;
   4743      1.1  christos 
   4744      1.1  christos   return bv;
   4745      1.1  christos }
   4746      1.1  christos 
   4747  1.1.1.4  christos /* Allocate and zero a new block of language LANGUAGE, and set its
   4748      1.1  christos    BLOCK_MULTIDICT.  If function is non-zero, assume the block is
   4749      1.1  christos    associated to a function, and make sure that the symbols are stored
   4750  1.1.1.6  christos    linearly; otherwise, store them hashed.  */
   4751      1.1  christos 
   4752  1.1.1.6  christos static struct block *
   4753      1.1  christos new_block (enum block_type type, enum language language)
   4754      1.1  christos {
   4755      1.1  christos   /* FIXME: carlton/2003-09-11: This should use allocate_block to
   4756      1.1  christos      allocate the block.  Which, in turn, suggests that the block
   4757      1.1  christos      should be allocated on an obstack.  */
   4758      1.1  christos   struct block *retval = XCNEW (struct block);
   4759      1.1  christos 
   4760  1.1.1.5  christos   if (type == FUNCTION_BLOCK)
   4761      1.1  christos     BLOCK_MULTIDICT (retval) = mdict_create_linear_expandable (language);
   4762      1.1  christos   else
   4763      1.1  christos     BLOCK_MULTIDICT (retval) = mdict_create_hashed_expandable (language);
   4764      1.1  christos 
   4765      1.1  christos   return retval;
   4766      1.1  christos }
   4767      1.1  christos 
   4768      1.1  christos /* Create a new symbol with printname NAME.  */
   4769      1.1  christos 
   4770      1.1  christos static struct symbol *
   4771      1.1  christos new_symbol (const char *name)
   4772      1.1  christos {
   4773      1.1  christos   struct symbol *s = allocate_symbol (mdebugread_objfile);
   4774      1.1  christos 
   4775      1.1  christos   SYMBOL_SET_LANGUAGE (s, psymtab_language,
   4776      1.1  christos 		       &mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack);
   4777      1.1  christos   SYMBOL_SET_NAMES (s, name, strlen (name), 1, mdebugread_objfile);
   4778      1.1  christos   return s;
   4779      1.1  christos }
   4780      1.1  christos 
   4781      1.1  christos /* Create a new type with printname NAME.  */
   4782      1.1  christos 
   4783      1.1  christos static struct type *
   4784      1.1  christos new_type (char *name)
   4785      1.1  christos {
   4786      1.1  christos   struct type *t;
   4787      1.1  christos 
   4788      1.1  christos   t = alloc_type (mdebugread_objfile);
   4789      1.1  christos   TYPE_NAME (t) = name;
   4790      1.1  christos   INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (t);
   4791      1.1  christos   return t;
   4792      1.1  christos }
   4793      1.1  christos 
   4794      1.1  christos /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a BFD section.  This is
   4796      1.1  christos    called from elfread.c.  It parses the section into a
   4797      1.1  christos    ecoff_debug_info struct, and then lets the rest of the file handle
   4798      1.1  christos    it as normal.  */
   4799  1.1.1.5  christos 
   4800      1.1  christos void
   4801  1.1.1.6  christos elfmdebug_build_psymtabs (struct objfile *objfile,
   4802      1.1  christos 			  const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap, asection *sec)
   4803      1.1  christos {
   4804      1.1  christos   bfd *abfd = objfile->obfd;
   4805      1.1  christos   struct ecoff_debug_info *info;
   4806      1.1  christos 
   4807  1.1.1.5  christos   /* FIXME: It's not clear whether we should be getting minimal symbol
   4808      1.1  christos      information from .mdebug in an ELF file, or whether we will.
   4809  1.1.1.5  christos      Re-initialize the minimal symbol reader in case we do.  */
   4810      1.1  christos 
   4811      1.1  christos   minimal_symbol_reader reader (objfile);
   4812      1.1  christos 
   4813      1.1  christos   info = XOBNEW (&objfile->objfile_obstack, ecoff_debug_info);
   4814      1.1  christos 
   4815      1.1  christos   if (!(*swap->read_debug_info) (abfd, sec, info))
   4816      1.1  christos     error (_("Error reading ECOFF debugging information: %s"),
   4817      1.1  christos 	   bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
   4818      1.1  christos 
   4819      1.1  christos   mdebug_build_psymtabs (reader, objfile, swap, info);
   4820      1.1  christos 
   4821      1.1  christos   reader.install ();
   4822                    }
   4823                    
   4824                    void
   4825                    _initialize_mdebugread (void)
   4826                    {
   4827                      basic_type_data = register_objfile_data ();
   4828                    
   4829                      mdebug_register_index
   4830                        = register_symbol_register_impl (LOC_REGISTER, &mdebug_register_funcs);
   4831                      mdebug_regparm_index
   4832                        = register_symbol_register_impl (LOC_REGPARM_ADDR, &mdebug_register_funcs);
   4833                    }
   4834